WO2002000612A1 - Glucagon antagonists/inverse agonists - Google Patents

Glucagon antagonists/inverse agonists Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2002000612A1
WO2002000612A1 PCT/DK2001/000435 DK0100435W WO0200612A1 WO 2002000612 A1 WO2002000612 A1 WO 2002000612A1 DK 0100435 W DK0100435 W DK 0100435W WO 0200612 A1 WO0200612 A1 WO 0200612A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
alkyl
compound according
hydrogen
independently
cycloalkyl
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/DK2001/000435
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Anker Steen JØRGENSEN
Inge Thøger Christensen
Janos Tibor Kodra
Peter Madsen
Carsten Behrens
Christian Sams
Jesper Lau
Original Assignee
Novo Nordisk A/S
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Novo Nordisk A/S filed Critical Novo Nordisk A/S
Priority to BR0111908-7A priority Critical patent/BR0111908A/en
Priority to PL01359619A priority patent/PL359619A1/en
Priority to AU2001265834A priority patent/AU2001265834A1/en
Priority to EP01943189A priority patent/EP1296942A1/en
Priority to HU0301501A priority patent/HUP0301501A2/en
Priority to CA002411552A priority patent/CA2411552A1/en
Priority to MXPA02012273A priority patent/MXPA02012273A/en
Priority to JP2002505360A priority patent/JP2004501897A/en
Priority to IL15318101A priority patent/IL153181A0/en
Publication of WO2002000612A1 publication Critical patent/WO2002000612A1/en
Priority to NO20026149A priority patent/NO20026149L/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D209/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D209/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with one carbocyclic ring
    • C07D209/44—Iso-indoles; Hydrogenated iso-indoles
    • C07D209/48—Iso-indoles; Hydrogenated iso-indoles with oxygen atoms in positions 1 and 3, e.g. phthalimide
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C275/00—Derivatives of urea, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atoms not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C275/04—Derivatives of urea, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atoms not being part of nitro or nitroso groups having nitrogen atoms of urea groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C275/20—Derivatives of urea, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atoms not being part of nitro or nitroso groups having nitrogen atoms of urea groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of an unsaturated carbon skeleton
    • C07C275/24—Derivatives of urea, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atoms not being part of nitro or nitroso groups having nitrogen atoms of urea groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of an unsaturated carbon skeleton containing six-membered aromatic rings
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/04—Anorexiants; Antiobesity agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/06—Antihyperlipidemics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C237/00—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by amino groups
    • C07C237/28—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by amino groups having the carbon atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring of the carbon skeleton
    • C07C237/42—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by amino groups having the carbon atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring of the carbon skeleton having nitrogen atoms of amino groups bound to the carbon skeleton of the acid part, further acylated
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C275/00—Derivatives of urea, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atoms not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C275/28—Derivatives of urea, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atoms not being part of nitro or nitroso groups having nitrogen atoms of urea groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of a carbon skeleton
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C275/00—Derivatives of urea, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atoms not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C275/28—Derivatives of urea, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atoms not being part of nitro or nitroso groups having nitrogen atoms of urea groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of a carbon skeleton
    • C07C275/30—Derivatives of urea, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atoms not being part of nitro or nitroso groups having nitrogen atoms of urea groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of a carbon skeleton being further substituted by halogen atoms, or by nitro or nitroso groups
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C275/00—Derivatives of urea, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atoms not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C275/28—Derivatives of urea, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atoms not being part of nitro or nitroso groups having nitrogen atoms of urea groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of a carbon skeleton
    • C07C275/32—Derivatives of urea, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atoms not being part of nitro or nitroso groups having nitrogen atoms of urea groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of a carbon skeleton being further substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms
    • C07C275/34—Derivatives of urea, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atoms not being part of nitro or nitroso groups having nitrogen atoms of urea groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of a carbon skeleton being further substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms having nitrogen atoms of urea groups and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to carbon atoms of the same non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C275/00—Derivatives of urea, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atoms not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C275/28—Derivatives of urea, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atoms not being part of nitro or nitroso groups having nitrogen atoms of urea groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of a carbon skeleton
    • C07C275/42—Derivatives of urea, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atoms not being part of nitro or nitroso groups having nitrogen atoms of urea groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of a carbon skeleton being further substituted by carboxyl groups
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C317/00—Sulfones; Sulfoxides
    • C07C317/26—Sulfones; Sulfoxides having sulfone or sulfoxide groups and nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups, bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C317/32—Sulfones; Sulfoxides having sulfone or sulfoxide groups and nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups, bound to the same carbon skeleton with sulfone or sulfoxide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of the carbon skeleton
    • C07C317/34—Sulfones; Sulfoxides having sulfone or sulfoxide groups and nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups, bound to the same carbon skeleton with sulfone or sulfoxide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of the carbon skeleton having sulfone or sulfoxide groups and amino groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings being part of the same non-condensed ring or of a condensed ring system containing that ring
    • C07C317/38—Sulfones; Sulfoxides having sulfone or sulfoxide groups and nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups, bound to the same carbon skeleton with sulfone or sulfoxide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of the carbon skeleton having sulfone or sulfoxide groups and amino groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings being part of the same non-condensed ring or of a condensed ring system containing that ring with the nitrogen atom of at least one amino group being part of any of the groups, X being a hetero atom, Y being any atom, e.g. N-acylaminosulfones
    • C07C317/42—Y being a hetero atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C323/00—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups
    • C07C323/23—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups, bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C323/39—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups, bound to the same carbon skeleton at least one of the nitrogen atoms being part of any of the groups, X being a hetero atom, Y being any atom
    • C07C323/43—Y being a hetero atom
    • C07C323/44—X or Y being nitrogen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D209/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D209/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with one carbocyclic ring
    • C07D209/04—Indoles; Hydrogenated indoles
    • C07D209/08—Indoles; Hydrogenated indoles with only hydrogen atoms or radicals containing only hydrogen and carbon atoms, directly attached to carbon atoms of the hetero ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D209/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D209/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with one carbocyclic ring
    • C07D209/04—Indoles; Hydrogenated indoles
    • C07D209/30—Indoles; Hydrogenated indoles with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to carbon atoms of the hetero ring
    • C07D209/42—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/36—Radicals substituted by singly-bound nitrogen atoms
    • C07D213/40—Acylated substituent nitrogen atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/72—Nitrogen atoms
    • C07D213/75—Amino or imino radicals, acylated by carboxylic or carbonic acids, or by sulfur or nitrogen analogues thereof, e.g. carbamates
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/78—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms, with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C07D213/81—Amides; Imides
    • C07D213/82—Amides; Imides in position 3
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D257/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing rings having four nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D257/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing rings having four nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms not condensed with other rings
    • C07D257/04—Five-membered rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D263/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings
    • C07D263/52—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D263/54—Benzoxazoles; Hydrogenated benzoxazoles
    • C07D263/56—Benzoxazoles; Hydrogenated benzoxazoles with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached in position 2
    • C07D263/57—Aryl or substituted aryl radicals
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D271/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two nitrogen atoms and one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D271/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two nitrogen atoms and one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atoms not condensed with other rings
    • C07D271/06—1,2,4-Oxadiazoles; Hydrogenated 1,2,4-oxadiazoles
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D277/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings
    • C07D277/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D277/20—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D277/22—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D277/28—Radicals substituted by nitrogen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D277/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings
    • C07D277/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D277/62—Benzothiazoles
    • C07D277/64—Benzothiazoles with only hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached in position 2
    • C07D277/66—Benzothiazoles with only hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached in position 2 with aromatic rings or ring systems directly attached in position 2
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D277/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings
    • C07D277/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D277/62—Benzothiazoles
    • C07D277/68—Benzothiazoles with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached in position 2
    • C07D277/82—Nitrogen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D307/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D307/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D307/34—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D307/56—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D307/68—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D319/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D319/04—1,3-Dioxanes; Hydrogenated 1,3-dioxanes
    • C07D319/08—1,3-Dioxanes; Hydrogenated 1,3-dioxanes condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D333/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D333/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D333/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom
    • C07D333/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D333/14—Radicals substituted by singly bound hetero atoms other than halogen
    • C07D333/20—Radicals substituted by singly bound hetero atoms other than halogen by nitrogen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D333/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D333/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D333/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom
    • C07D333/26—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D333/30—Hetero atoms other than halogen
    • C07D333/36—Nitrogen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D333/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D333/50—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D333/52—Benzo[b]thiophenes; Hydrogenated benzo[b]thiophenes
    • C07D333/62—Benzo[b]thiophenes; Hydrogenated benzo[b]thiophenes with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to carbon atoms of the hetero ring
    • C07D333/68—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D513/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for in groups C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D499/00 - C07D507/00
    • C07D513/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for in groups C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D499/00 - C07D507/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D513/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C2601/00—Systems containing only non-condensed rings
    • C07C2601/12—Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a six-membered ring
    • C07C2601/14—The ring being saturated
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C2601/00—Systems containing only non-condensed rings
    • C07C2601/12—Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a six-membered ring
    • C07C2601/16—Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a six-membered ring the ring being unsaturated

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to agents that act to antagonize the action of the glucagon pep- tide hormone on the glucagon receptor. More particularly, it relates to glucagon antagonists or inverse agonists.
  • Glucagon is a key hormonal agent that, in co-operation with insulin, mediates homeostatic regulation of the amount of glucose in the blood. Glucagon primarily acts by stimulating certain cells (mostly liver cells) to release glucose when blood glucose levels fall. The action of glucagon is opposite to that of insulin, which stimulates cells to take up and store glucose whenever blood glucose levels rise. Both glucagon and insulin are peptide hormones.
  • Glucagon is produced in the alpha islet cells of the pancreas and insulin in the beta islet cells.
  • Diabetes mellitus is a common disorder of glucose metabolism.
  • the disease is characterized by hyperglycemia and may be classified as Type 1 diabetes, the insulin-dependent form, or Type 2 diabetes, which is non-insulin-dependent in character.
  • Subjects with Type 1 diabetes are hyperglycemic and hypoinsulinemic, and the conventional treatment for this form of the disease is to provide insulin.
  • absolute or relative elevated glucagon levels have been shown to contribute to the hyperglycemic state.
  • glucagon suppression or an action that antagonizes glucagon could be a useful adjunct to conventional antihyperglycemia treatment of diabetes.
  • the action of glucagon can be suppressed by providing an antagonist or an inverse agonist, ie substances that inhibit or prevent glucagon- induced responses.
  • the antagonist can be peptidic or non-peptidic in nature.
  • Native glucagon is a 29 amino acid peptide having the sequence:
  • Glucagon exerts its action by binding to and activating its receptor, which is part of the Glu- cagon-Secretin branch of the 7-transmembrane G-protein coupled receptor family (Jelinek et al., Science 259, 1614, (1993)).
  • the receptor functions by activating the adenylyl cyclase second messenger system and the result is an increase in cAMP levels.
  • Peptide antagonists of peptide hormones are often quite potent. However, they are generally known not to be orally available because of degradation by physiological enzymes, and poor distribution in vivo. Therefore, orally available non-peptide antagonists of peptide hormones are generally preferred.
  • non-peptide glucagon antagonists a quinoxaline derivative, (2-styryl-3-[3-(dimethylamino)propylmethylamino]-6,7-dichloroquinoxaline was found to displace glucagon from the rat liver receptor (Collins, J.L. et al., Bioorganic and Medicinal Chemistry Letters 2(9):915-918 (1992)).
  • WO 94/14426 discloses use of skyrin, a natural product comprising a pair of linked 9,10-anthracenedione groups, and its synthetic analogues, as glucagon antagonists.
  • US patent No 4,359,474 discloses the glucagon antagonistic properties of 1-phenyl pyrazole derivatives.
  • US patent No 4,374,130 discloses substituted disilacyclohexanes as glucagon antagonists.
  • WO 98/04528 (Bayer Corporation) discloses substituted pyridines and biphenyls as glucagon antagonists.
  • WO 98/24780, WO 98/24782, WO 99/24404 and WO 99/32448 disclose substituted pyrimidinone and pyridone compounds and substituted pyrimidine compounds, respectively, which are stated to possess glucagon antagonistic activity.
  • Madsen et al. J. Med. Chem. 1998 (41) 5151-7) discloses a series of 2-(benzimidazol-2-ylthio)-1-(3,4- dihydroxyphenyl)-1-ethanones as competitive human glucagon receptor antagonists.
  • WO 99/01423 and WO 00/39088 (Novo Nordisk A/S) disclose different series of alkylidene hydrazides as glucagon antagonists/inverse agonists.
  • Halogen designates an atom selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br and I.
  • C 1-6 -alkyl represents a saturated, branched or straight hydrocarbon group having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, terf-pentyl, n-hexyl, isohexyl and the like.
  • C 2-6 -alkenyr represents a branched or straight hydrocarbon group having from 2 to 6 carbon atoms and at least one double bond.
  • groups include, but are not limited to, vinyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, iso-propenyl, 1 ,3-butadienyl, 1-but- enyl, 2-butenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-methyl-1-propenyl, 1-pentenyl, 2-pentenyl, 3-pentenyl, 4-penten- yl, 3-methyl-2-butenyl, 1-hexenyl, 2-hexenyl, 3-hexenyl, 2,4-hexadienyl, 5-hexenyl and the like.
  • C 2 - 6 -alkynyl represents a branched or straight hydrocarbon group having from 2 to 6 carbon atoms and at least one triple bond.
  • groups include, but are not limited to, ethynyl, 1-propynyl, 2-propynyl, 1-butynyl, 2-butynyl, 3-butynyl, 1-pentynyl, 2-pentynyl, 3-pentynyl, 4-pentynyl, 1-hexynyl, 2-hexynyl, 3-hexynyl, 4-hexynyl, 5-hexynyl, 2,4-hexadiynyl and the like.
  • C ⁇ -6 -alkoxy refers to the radical -O-C 1-6 -alkyl, wherein C 1-6 -alkyl is as defined above. Representative examples are methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, sec-butoxy, ferf-butoxy, pentoxy, isopentoxy, hexoxy, isohexoxy and the like.
  • d-e-alkanoyl denotes a group -C(O)H or -C(O)-C 1-5 -alkyl. Represen- tative examples are formyl, acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, valeryl, hexanoyl and the like.
  • C 3-8 -cycloalkyl as used herein represents a saturated, carbocyclic group having from 3 to 8 carbon atoms. Representative examples are cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl and the like.
  • C 4-8 -cycloalkenyl represents a non-aromatic, carbocyclic group having from 4 to 8 carbon atoms containing one or two double bonds.
  • Representative examples are 1-cyclopentenyl, 2-cyclopentenyl, 3-cyclopentenyl, 1-cyclohexenyl, 2-cyclohexenyl, 3- cyclohexenyl, 2-cycloheptenyl, 3-cycloheptenyl, 2-cyclooctenyl, 1 ,4-cyclooctadienyl and the like.
  • heterocyclyl represents a non-aromatic 3 to 10 membered ring containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur and optionally containing one or two double bonds.
  • Representative examples are pyrrolidinyl, piperidyl, piperaz- inyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, aziridinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl and the like.
  • aryl as used herein is intended to include carbocyclic aromatic ring systems such as phenyl, biphenylyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, phenanthrenyl, fluorenyl, indenyl, pentalenyl, azulenyl and the like.
  • Aryl is also intended to include the partially hydrogenated derivatives of the carbocyclic systems enumerated above. Non-limiting examples of such partially hydrogenated derivatives are 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl, 1 ,4-dihydronaphthyl and the like.
  • arylene as used herein is intended to include divalent carbocyclic aromatic ring systems such as phenylene, biphenylylene, naphthylene, anthracenylene, phenanthrenylene, fluorenylene, indenylene, pentalenylene, azulenylene and the like.
  • Arylene is also intended to include the partially hydrogenated derivatives of the carbocyclic systems enumerated above. Non-limiting examples of such partially hydrogenated derivatives are 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro- naphthylene, 1 ,4-dihydronaphthylene and the like.
  • aryloxy denotes a group -O-aryl, wherein aryl is as defined above.
  • aroyl denotes a group -C(O)-aryl, wherein aryl is as defined above.
  • heteroaryl as used herein is intended to include heterocyclic aromatic ring sys- tems containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur such as furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, 1 ,2,3-triazolyl, 1 ,2,4-triazolyl, pyranyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, 1 ,2,3-triazinyl, 1 ,2,4-triazinyl, 1 ,3,5- triazinyl, 1 ,2,3-oxadiazolyl, 1 ,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 1 ,2,5-oxadiazolyl, 1 ,3,4-oxadiazolyl, 1 ,2,3- thiadiazolyl, 1
  • Heteroaryl is also intended to include the partially hydrogenated derivatives of the heterocyclic systems enumerated above.
  • Non-limiting examples of such partially hydrogenated derivatives are 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrazolinyl, indolinyl, oxazolidinyl, oxazolinyl, oxazepinyl and the like.
  • Aryl-C 1-6 -alkyl means C 1-6 -alkyl or C 2-6 -alkenyl as defined above, substituted by an aryl or heteroaryl as defined above, for example:
  • the present invention is based on the unexpected observation that the compounds of the general formula (I) disclosed below antagonize the action of glucagon.
  • the compounds are advantageous by being selective towards the glucagon receptor and show a higher binding affinity for the glucagon receptor compared to the binding affinity for the structurally relatedGIP (Gastric Inhibitory Peptide) receptor and GLP-1 receptor.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 independently are hydrogen or C ⁇ -alkyl
  • A is -C(O)-, -CH(OR 6 )- or -CHF-,
  • R 6 is hydrogen or C 1-6 -alkyl
  • Z is arylene or a divalent radical derived from a 5 or 6 membered heteroaromatic ring containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur,
  • R 7 and R 8 which may optionally be substituted with one or two groups R 7 and R 8 selected from halogen, -CN, -CF 3 , -OCF 3 , -NO 2 , -OR 9 , -NR 9 R 10 and C 1-6 -alkyl,
  • R 9 and R 10 independently are hydrogen or C ⁇ -6 -alkyl
  • r is 0 or 1 ,
  • q and s independently are 0, 1 , 2 or 3,
  • R 11 , R 12 , R 13 and R 14 independently are hydrogen, C 1-6 -alkyl or C 3 - 8 -cycloalkyl,
  • R ⁇ o , R lb , R 1 ' and R 1B independently are
  • cyclic moieties optionally may be substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, -C(O)OR 21 , -CN, -CF 3 , -OCF 3 , -NO 2 , -OR 21 , -NR 21 R 22 and C 1-6 -alkyl,
  • R 21 and R 22 independently are hydrogen, C 1-e -alkyl, aryl-C 1-6 -alkyl or aryl,
  • R 21 and R 22 when attached to the same nitrogen atom together with the said nitrogen atom may form a 3 to 8 membered heterocyclic ring optionally containing one or two further heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and optionally containing one or two double bonds,
  • a 0, 1 or 2
  • c 1 or 2
  • R 23 , R 24 , R 25 and R 26 independently are hydrogen, C 1-6 -alkyl or fluorine,
  • R 19 and R 20 independently are hydrogen, C ⁇ -6 -alkyl, C 3-8 -cycloalkyl or C 3-8 -cyclo- alkyl-d-e-alkyl, E is
  • R and R independently are
  • aryl group optionally may be substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, -CN, -CF 3 , -NO 2 , -OR 32 , -NR 32 R 33 and d. 6 -alkyl,
  • R 32 and R 33 independently are hydrogen or C ⁇ -alky!, or
  • R 32 and R 33 when attached to the same nitrogen atom together with the said nitrogen atom may form a 3 to 8 membered heterocyclic ring optionally containing one or two further heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and optionally containing one or two double bonds, R 29 , R 30 and R 31 independently are
  • cyclic moieties optionally may be substituted with one or more sub- stituents selected from halogen, -CN, -CF 3 , -OCF 3 , -NO 2 , -OR 34 , -NR 3 R 35 and
  • R 34 and R 35 independently are hydrogen, C 1-6 -alkyl or aryl
  • R 34 and R 35 when attached to the same nitrogen atom together with the said nitrogen atom may form a 3 to 8 membered heterocyclic ring optionally containing one or two further heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and optionally containing one or two double bonds,
  • R 29 , R 30 and R 31 when attached to the same ring carbon atom or different ring carbon atoms together may form a radical -O-(CH 2 ) t -CR 36 R 37 -(CH 2 ) r O-, -(CH 2 ) t -CR 36 R 37 -(CH 2 ) r or -S-(CH 2 )rCR 36 R 37 -(CH 2 ) r S-, wherein
  • t and I independently are 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5,
  • R 36 and R 37 independently are hydrogen or C 1-6 -alkyl
  • R ⁇ R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 independently are hydrogen or C 1-6 -alkyl
  • A is -C(O)-, -CH(OR 6 )- or -CHF-,
  • R 6 is hydrogen or C ⁇ -6 -alkyl
  • Z is arylene or a divalent radical derived from a 5 or 6 membered heteroaromatic ring containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur,
  • R 7 and R 8 which may optionally be substituted with one or two groups R 7 and R 8 selected from halogen, -CN, -CF 3 , -OCF 3 , -NO 2 , -OR 9 , -NR 9 R 10 and C 1-6 -alkyl,
  • R 9 and R 10 independently are hydrogen or Cve-alkyl, X is
  • r is 0 or 1 ,
  • q and s independently are 0, 1 , 2 or 3,
  • R , R , R 13 and R 14 independently are hydrogen, C 1-6 -alkyl or C 3-8 -cycloalkyl,
  • R 15 , R 16 , R 17 and R 18 independently are
  • cyclic moieties optionally may be substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, -C(O)OR 21 , -CN, -CF 3 , -OCF 3 , -NO 2 , -OR 21 , -NR 21 R 22 and C 1-6 -alkyl,
  • R and R independently are hydrogen, C 1-6 -alkyl, aryl-C 1-6 -alkyl or aryl,
  • R 21 and R 22 when attached to the same nitrogen atom together with the said nitrogen atom may form a 3 to 8 membered heterocyclic ring optionally containing one or two further heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and optionally containing one or two double bonds,
  • a 0, 1 or 2
  • c 1 or 2
  • R 23 , R 24 , R 25 and R 26 independently are hydrogen, C ⁇ -6 -alkyl or fluorine,
  • R 19 and R 20 independently are hydrogen, C ⁇ -alkyl, C 3-8 -cycloalkyl or C 3-8 -cyclo- alkyl-C 1-6 -alkyl, E is
  • aryl group optionally may be substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, -CN, -CF 3 , -NO 2 , -OR 32 , -NR 32 R 33 and C 1-6 -alkyl,
  • R 32 and R 33 independently are hydrogen or C -6 -alkyl, or
  • R 32 and R 33 when attached to the same nitrogen atom together with the said nitrogen atom may form a 3 to 8 membered heterocyclic ring optionally containing one or two further heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and optionally containing one or two double bonds, R 29 , R 30 and R 31 independently are
  • cyclic moieties optionally may be substituted with one or more sub- stituents selected from halogen, -CN, -CF 3 , -OCF 3 , -NO 2 , -OR 34 , -NR 34 R 35 and
  • R 34 and R 35 independently are hydrogen, C 1-6 -alkyl or aryl
  • R 34 and R 35 when attached to the same nitrogen atom together with the said nitrogen atom may form a 3 to 8 membered heterocyclic ring optionally containing one or two further heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and optionally containing one or two double bonds,
  • R 29 , R 30 and R 31 when attached to the same ring carbon atom or different ring carbon atoms together may form a radical -O-(CH 2 ) t -CR 36 R 37 -(CH 2 )i-O-, -(CH 2 ) t -CR 36 R 37 -(CH 2 ) ⁇ - or -S-(CH 2 ) r CR 36 R 37 -(CH 2 ),-S-, wherein
  • t and I independently are 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5,
  • R 36 and R 37 independently are hydrogen or C 1-6 -alkyl
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 independently are hydrogen or C 1-6 -alkyl
  • A is -C(O)-, -CH(OR 6 )- or -CHF-,
  • R 6 is hydrogen, C 1-6 -alkyl or halogen
  • Z is arylene or a divalent radical derived from a 5 or 6 membered heteroaromatic ring containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur,
  • R 7 and R 8 which may optionally be substituted with one or two groups R 7 and R 8 selected from halogen, -CN, -CF 3 , -OCF 3 , -NO 2 , -OR 9 , -NR 9 R 10 and C 1-6 -alkyl,
  • R 9 and R 10 independently are hydrogen or C ⁇ -6 -alkyl, X is
  • r is 0 or 1 ,
  • q and s independently are 0, 1 , 2 or 3,
  • R , R 12 , R 13 and R 14 independently are hydrogen or C 1-6 -alkyl
  • R 1b , R ⁇ , R 1 ' and R 1B independently are
  • the cyclic moieties optionally may be substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, -CN, -CF 3 , -OCF 3 , -NO 2 , -OR 21 , -NR 2 R 22 and C 1-6 -alkyl,
  • R and R independently are hydrogen, C 1-6 -alkyl or aryl
  • R 21 and R 22 when attached to the same nitrogen atom together with the said nitrogen atom may form a 3 to 8 membered heterocyclic ring optionally containing one or two further heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and optionally containing one or two double bonds,
  • a 0, 1 or 2
  • c 1 or 2
  • R 23 , R 24 , R 25 and R 26 independently are hydrogen, C ⁇ -6 -alkyl or fluorine,
  • R 19 and R 20 independently are hydrogen, C ⁇ -alky!, C 3 . 8 -cycloalkyl or C 3-8 -cyclo- alkyl-C-i-e-alkyl, E is
  • R 27 and R 28 independently are
  • aryl group optionally may be substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, -CN, -CF 3 , -NO 2 , -OR 32 , -NR 32 R 33 and C 1-6 -alkyl,
  • R 32 and R 33 independently are hydrogen or C 1-6 -alkyl, or
  • R 32 and R 33 when attached to the same nitrogen atom together with the said nitrogen atom may form a 3 to 8 membered heterocyclic ring optionally containing one or two further heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and optionally containing one or two double bonds,
  • R 29 , R 30 and R 31 independently are
  • the cyclic moieties optionally may be substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, -CN, -CF 3 , -OCF 3 , -NO 2 , -OR 34 , -NR 34 R 35 and C 1-6 -alkyl,
  • R 34 and R 35 independently are hydrogen, C ⁇ -6 -alkyl or aryl
  • R 34 and R 35 when attached to the same nitrogen atom together with the said nitrogen atom may form a 3 to 8 membered heterocyclic ring optionally containing one or two further heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and optionally containing one or two double bonds,
  • R 29 , R 30 and R 31 when attached to the same ring carbon atom or differ- ent ring carbon atoms together may form a radical -O-(CH 2 ) t -CR 36 R 37 -(CH 2 ) r O-, -(CH 2 ) r CR 36 R 37 -(CH 2 )r or -S-(CH 2 ),-CR 36 R 37 -(CH 2 ),-S-,
  • t and I independently are 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5,
  • R 36 and R 37 independently are hydrogen or C 1-6 -alkyl
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 are hydrogen.
  • A is -CHF-.
  • A is -CH(OR 6 )-, wherein R 6 is as defined for formula (I), such as -CH(OH)-.
  • Z is
  • R 7 and R 8 are as defined for formula (I), such as
  • X is
  • R 12 and R 13 independently are hydrogen or C 1-6 -alkyl.
  • X is -C(O)NH-, -C(O)NHCH 2 -, -C(O)NHCH(CH 3 )-, -C(O)NHCH 2 CH 2 -, -C(O)CH 2 -, -CH 2 -, -C(O)- or -NHC(O)-.
  • X is -C(O)NH-, -C(O)NHCH 2 -, -C(O)NHCH(CH 3 )-, -C(O)CH 2 - or -C(O)-, such as -C(O)NH-.
  • D is
  • R 15 , R 16 , R 7 , R 18 , R 19 and R 20 are as defined for formula (I).
  • D is N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl
  • R , R and R are as defined for formula (I).
  • R 15 , R 16 and R 17 are independently hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -NO 2 , -CF 3 , -OCF 3 , -SCF 3 , C 1-6 -alkyl, C 1-6 -alkoxy, -S-C ⁇ -6 -alkyl, -C(O)OR 21 , -C(O)R 21 , -CH 2 OR 21 , -C(O)NR 21 R 22 , -S(O)R 21 , -S(O) 2 R 21 , -S(O) 2 CF 3 , -S(O) 2 NR 21 R 22 , C 3 . 8 -cycloalkyl, C 3-8 -cycloalkyl- d- 6 -alkoxy or C 3-8 -cycloalkyl-C 1-6 -thioalkyl, or
  • aryl heteroaryl or aryloxy, which may optionally be substituted with -CF 3 , -OCF 3 , C 1-6 -alkyl, halogen or -C(O)OR 21 , or
  • R 21 and R 22 independently are hydrogen or C -6 -alkyl, and a, c, R 23 , R 24 , R 25 and R 26 are as defined for formula (I).
  • R , R lb and R are independently hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -CF 3
  • R 15 , R 16 and R 17 independently are hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -CF 3 , -OCF 3 or d- 6 -alkoxy.
  • D is N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl
  • R , R ⁇ a and R 2 ⁇ are as defined for formula (I).
  • D is N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-phenyl
  • R 15 and R 16 are both hydrogen and R 9 is C ⁇ -alkyl, C 3 . 8 -cycloalkyl or C 3-8 -cycloalkyl- C 1-6 -alkyl.
  • D is N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-phenyl
  • R 1 ° and R 1 are both hydrogen and R 19 and R 20 are both C 1-6 -alkyl
  • E is
  • E is N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-phenyl
  • R 27 and R 28 are independently hydrogen, C 1-6 -alkyl, C 3-8 -cycloalkyl, C 4-8 -cycloalkenyl or phenyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted as defined for formula (I).
  • R 27 and R 28 are independently hydrogen, C 1-6 -alkyl, C 3-8 -cycloalkyl or C . 8 -cycloalkenyl.
  • R 27 is hydrogen and R 28 is C 1-6 -alkyl or C 3-8 -cyc)oalkyl, such as fe/if-butyl, cyclohexyl or cyclohexenyl.
  • E is N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-phenyl
  • R 29 , R 30 and R 31 are as defined for formula (I).
  • R 29 , R 30 and R 31 are as defined for formula (I).
  • R 29 , R 30 and R 31 are independently
  • R 34 and R 35 independently are hydrogen, C ⁇ e-alkyl or aryl
  • R 34 and R 35 when attached to the same nitrogen atom together with the said nitrogen atom may form a 3 to 8 membered heterocyclic ring optionally containing one or two further heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and optionally containing one or two double bonds.
  • R 29 , R 30 and R 3 are independently
  • R 34 and R 35 are as defined for formula (I), or
  • R 29 , R 30 and R 31 are independently
  • R 29 , R 30 and R 31 are independently
  • ⁇ which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, -CN, -CF 3 , -OCF 3 , -NO 2 , -OR 34 , -NR 3 R 35 and C ⁇ -alky!,
  • R 34 and R 35 independently are hydrogen, C 1-6 -alkyl or aryl, or R 34 and R 35 when attached to the same nitrogen atom together with the said nitrogen atom may form a 3 to 8 membered heterocyclic ring optionally containing one or two further heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and optionally containing one or two double bonds.
  • R and R are both hydrogen, and R is different from hydrogen.
  • R 29 and R 31 are both hydrogen, and R 30 is C 3-8 -cycloalkyl or C 4 . 8 -cycloalkenyl,
  • ⁇ which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, -CN, -CF 3 , -OCF 3 , -NO 2) -OR 34 , -NR 34 R 35 and C ⁇ -alky!,
  • R and R independently are hydrogen, C 1-6 -alkyl or aryl
  • R 34 and R 35 when attached to the same nitrogen atom together with the said nitrogen atom may form a 3 to 8 membered heterocyclic ring optionally containing one or two further heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and optionally containing one or two double bonds.
  • R 29 and R 31 are both hydrogen, and R 30 is C 4-8 -cycloalkenyl,
  • ⁇ which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, -CN, -CF 3 , -OCF 3 , -NO 2 , -OR 34 , -NR 34 R 35 and C 1-6 -alkyl,
  • R 34 and R 35 independently are hydrogen, C 1-6 -alkyl or aryl
  • R 34 and R 35 when attached to the same nitrogen atom together with the said nitrogen atom may form a 3 to 8 membered heterocyclic ring optionally containing one or two further heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and optionally containing one or two double bonds.
  • R 29 and R 31 are both hydrogen, and R 30 is cyclohexenyl
  • R 34 and R 35 independently are hydrogen, C 1-6 -alkyl or aryl,
  • R 34 and R 35 when attached to the same nitrogen atom together with the said nitrogen atom may form a 3 to 8 membered heterocyclic ring optionally containing one or two further heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and optionally containing one or two double bonds.
  • R 30 is substituted with one C 1-6 -alkyl substituent, such as ferf-butyl or methyl.
  • R 29 , R 30 and R 31 are independently hydrogen, C 1-6 -alkyl, C 3-8 -cycloalkyl or C 4-8 -cycloalkenyl.
  • R 29 and R 31 are both hydrogen and R 30 is C-
  • the invention relates to a compound of the general formula ( ):
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , X, D and E are as defined for formula (I) or in any one of the preceding embodiments.
  • the invention relates to a compound of the general formula (l 2 ):
  • R ⁇ R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , D and E are as defined for formula (I) or in any one of the preceding embodiments.
  • the invention relates to a compound of the general formula (l 3 ):
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 15 , R 16 , R 17 , R 29 , R 30 , and R 31 are as defined for formula (I) or in any one of the preceding embodiments.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 and R 8 are hydrogen.
  • the invention relates to a compound of the general formula (l 4 ):
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 7 , R 8 , X, D and E are as defined for formula (I) or in any one of the preceding embodiments.
  • the invention relates to a compound of the general formula (l 5 ):
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 7 , R 8 , D and E are as defined for formula (I) or in any one of the preceding embodiments.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 7 and R 8 are hydrogen.
  • the compounds of the present invention may have one or more asymmetric centres and it is intended that any optical isomers, as separated, pure or partially purified optical isomers or racemic mixtures thereof are included within the scope of the invention.
  • geometric isomers may be formed. It is intended that any geometric isomers, as separated, pure or partially purified geometric isomers or mixtures thereof are included within the scope of the invention. Likewise, molecules having a bond with restricted rotation may form geometric isomers. These are also intended to be included within the scope of the present invention.
  • the present invention also encompasses pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the present compounds.
  • Such salts include pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts, pharmaceutically acceptable metal salts, ammonium and alkylated ammonium salts.
  • Acid addition salts include salts of inorganic acids as well as organic acids. Representative examples of suitable inorganic acids include hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydroiodic, phosphoric, sulfuric, nitric acids and the like.
  • suitable organic acids include formic, acetic, trichloroacetic, trifluoroacetic, propionic, benzoic, cinnamic, citric, fumaric, glycolic, lactic, maleic, malic, malonic, mandelic, oxalic, picric, pyruvic, salicylic, succinic, methane- sulfonic, ethanesulfonic, tartaric, ascorbic, pamoic, bismethylene salicylic, ethanedisulfonic, gluconic, citraconic, aspartic, stearic, palmitic, EDTA, glycolic, p-aminobenzoic, glutamic, benzenesulfonic, p-toluenesulfonic acids and the like.
  • compositions include the pharmaceutically acceptable salts listed in J. Pharm. Sci. 1977, 66, 2, which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • metal salts include lithium, sodium, potassium, magnesium salts and the like.
  • ammonium and alkylated ammonium salts include ammonium, methyl-, dimethyl-, trimethyl-, ethyl-, hydroxyethyl-, diethyl-, n-butyl-, sec-butyl-, terf-butyl-, tetramethylammonium salts and the like.
  • Also intended as pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts are the hydrates, which the present compounds, are able to form.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salts comprise basic amino acid salts such as lysine, arginine and ornithine.
  • the acid addition salts may be obtained as the direct products of compound synthesis.
  • the free base may be dissolved in a suitable solvent containing the appropriate acid, and the salt isolated by evaporating the solvent or otherwise separating the salt and solvent.
  • the compounds of the present invention may form solvates with standard low molecular weight solvents using methods well known to the person skilled in the art. Such solvates are also contemplated as being within the scope of the present invention.
  • the invention also encompasses prodrugs of the present compounds, which on administration undergo chemical conversion by metabolic processes before becoming pharmacologically active substances.
  • prodrugs will be functional derivatives of the compounds of the general formula (I), which are readily convertible in vivo into the required com- pound of the formula (I).
  • Conventional procedures for the selection and preparation of suitable prodrug derivatives are described, for example, in "Design of Prodrugs", ed. H. Bund- gaard, Elsevier, 1985.
  • the invention also encompasses active metabolites of the present compounds.
  • the compounds according to the present invention act to antagonize the action of glucagon and are accordingly useful for the treatment and/or prevention of disorders and diseases in which such an antagonism is beneficial.
  • the present compounds may be applicable for the treatment and/or prevention of hyperglycemia, IGT (impaired glucose tolerance), insulin resistance syndromes, syndrome X, Type 1 diabetes, Type 2 diabetes, hyperlipidemia, dyslipidemia, hypertriglyceridemia, hyperlipo- proteinemia, hypercholesterolemia, arteriosclerosis including atherosclerosis, glucagonomas, acute pancreatitis, cardiovascular diseases, hypertension, cardiac hypertrophy, gastrointestinal disorders, obesity, diabetes as a consequence of obesity, diabetic dyslipidemia, etc.
  • they may be applicable as diagnostic agents for identifying patients having a defect in the glucagon receptor, as a therapy to increase gastric acid secretions and to reverse intestinal hypomobility due to glucagon administration.
  • the invention relates to a compound according to the invention for use as a medicament.
  • the invention also relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising, as an active ingredi- ent, at least one compound according to the invention together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is preferably in unit dosage form comprising from about 0.05 mg to about 1000 mg, preferably from about 0.1 mg to about 500 mg and especially preferred from about 0.5 mg to about 200 mg of the compound according to the invention.
  • the invention relates to the use of a compound according to the invention for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment and/or prevention of a disorder or disease, wherein a glucagon antagonistic action is beneficial.
  • the invention also relates to a method for the treatment and/or prevention of disorders or diseases, wherein a glucagon antagonistic action is beneficial the method comprising administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of a compound according to the invention.
  • the present compounds are used for the preparation of a medicament for the treatment and/or prevention of any glucagon-mediated conditions and diseases.
  • the present compounds are used for the preparation of a medicament for the treatment and/or prevention of hyperglycemia.
  • the present compounds are used for the preparation of a medicament for lowering blood glucose in a mammal.
  • the present compounds are used for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment and/or prevention of IGT.
  • the present compounds are used for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment and/or prevention of Type 2 diabetes.
  • the present compounds are used for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the delaying or prevention of the pro- gression from IGT to Type 2 diabetes.
  • the present compounds are used for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the delaying or prevention of the progression from non-insulin requiring Type 2 diabetes to insulin requiring Type 2 diabetes.
  • the present compounds are used for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment and/or prevention of Type 1 diabetes.
  • Such treatment and/or prevention is normally accompanied by insulin therapy.
  • the present compounds are used for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment and/or prevention of obesity.
  • the present compounds are used for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment and/or prevention of disor- ders of the lipid metabolism, such as dyslipidemia.
  • the present compounds are used for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment and/or prevention of an appetite regulation or energy expenditure disorder.
  • the present compounds are combined with diet and/or exercise.
  • the present compounds are administered in combina- tion with one or more further active substances in any suitable ratios.
  • Such further active agents may be selected from antidiabetic agents, antihyperlipidemic agents, antiobesity agents, antihypertensive agents and agents for the treatment of complications resulting from or associated with diabetes.
  • Suitable antidiabetic agents comprise insulin, insulin analogues and derivatives such as those disclosed in EP 792 290 (Novo Nordisk A/S), eg N ⁇ B29 -tetradecanoyl des (B30) human insulin, EP 214 826 and EP 705 275 (Novo Nordisk A/S), eg Asp B28 human insulin, US 5,504,188 (Eli Lilly), eg Lys B28 Pro B29 human insulin, EP 368 187 (Aventis), eg Lantus, which are all incorporated herein by reference, GLP-1 derivatives such as those disclosed in WO 98/08871 (Novo Nordisk A/S), which is incorporated herein by reference, as well as orally active hypoglycaemic agents.
  • the orally active hypoglycaemic agents preferably comprise imidazolines, sulphonylureas, biguanides, meglitinides, oxadiazolidinediones, thiazolidinediones, glucosidase inhibitors, glucagon antagonists, GLP-1 agonists, agents acting on the ATP-dependent potassium channel of the ⁇ -cells eg potassium channel openers such as those disclosed in WO 97/26265, WO 99/03861 and WO 00/37474 (Novo Nordisk A/S) which are incorporated herein by reference, or nateglinide or potassium channel blockers such as BTS-67582, insulin sensitizers, DPP-IV (dipeptidyl peptidase-IV) inhibitors, PTPase inhibitors, inhibitors of hepatic enzymes involved in stimulation of gluconeogenesis and/or glycogenolysis, glucose uptake modulators, GSK-3 (glycogen synthas
  • the present compounds are administered in combination with insulin or an insulin analogue or derivative, such as N ⁇ B29 -tetradecanoyl des (B30) human insulin, Asp B28 human insulin, Lys B28 Pro B29 human insulin, Lantus, or a mix- preparation comprising one or more of these.
  • insulin an insulin analogue or derivative, such as N ⁇ B29 -tetradecanoyl des (B30) human insulin, Asp B28 human insulin, Lys B28 Pro B29 human insulin, Lantus, or a mix- preparation comprising one or more of these.
  • the present compounds are administered in combination with a sulphonylurea eg tolbutamide, chlorpropamide, tolazamide, glibenclamide, glyburide, glipizide or glicazide.
  • a sulphonylurea eg tolbutamide, chlorpropamide, tolazamide, glibenclamide, glyburide, glipizide or glicazide.
  • the present compounds are administered in combination with a biguanide eg metformin.
  • the present compounds are administered in combination with a meglitinide eg repaglinide or nateglinide.
  • the present compounds are administered in combination with a thiazolidinedione insulin sensitizer eg troglitazone, ciglitazone, pioglita- zone, rosiglitazone, isaglitazone, darglitazone, englitazone, CS-011/CI-1037 or T174 or the compounds disclosed in WO 97/41097, WO 97/41119, WO 97/41120, WO 00/41121 and WO 98/45292 (Dr. Reddy's Research Foundation).
  • a thiazolidinedione insulin sensitizer eg troglitazone, ciglitazone, pioglita- zone, rosiglitazone, isaglitazone, darglitazone, englitazone, CS-011/CI-1037 or T174 or the compounds disclosed in WO 97/41097, WO 97/41119, WO 97/41120, WO 00/41121 and
  • the present compounds may be administered in combination with an insulin sensitizer such as Gl 262570, YM-440, MCC-555, JTT-501 , AR-H039242, KRP-297, GW-409544, CRE-16336, AR-H049020, LY510929, MBX-102, CLX-0940, GW-501516 or the compounds disclosed in WO 99/19313, WO 00/50414, WO 00/63191 , WO 00/63192, WO 00/63193 (Dr.
  • an insulin sensitizer such as Gl 262570, YM-440, MCC-555, JTT-501 , AR-H039242, KRP-297, GW-409544, CRE-16336, AR-H049020, LY510929, MBX-102, CLX-0940, GW-501516 or the compounds disclosed in WO 99/19313, WO 00/50414, WO 00/63191 , WO
  • the present compounds are administered in combination with an ⁇ -glucosidase inhibitor eg voglibose, emiglitate, miglitol or acarbose.
  • an ⁇ -glucosidase inhibitor eg voglibose, emiglitate, miglitol or acarbose.
  • the present compounds are administered in combination with an agent acting on the ATP-dependent potassium channel of the ⁇ -cells eg tolbutamide, chlorpropamide, tolazamide, glibenclamide, glyburide, glipizide, glicazide, BTS- 67582, repaglinide or nateglinide.
  • an agent acting on the ATP-dependent potassium channel of the ⁇ -cells eg tolbutamide, chlorpropamide, tolazamide, glibenclamide, glyburide, glipizide, glicazide, BTS- 67582, repaglinide or nateglinide.
  • the present compounds are administered in combination with an antihyperlipidemic agent or antilipidemic agent eg cholestyramine, colestipol, clofibrate, gemfibrozil, lovastatin, pravastatin, simvastatin, probucol or dextrothy- roxine.
  • an antihyperlipidemic agent or antilipidemic agent eg cholestyramine, colestipol, clofibrate, gemfibrozil, lovastatin, pravastatin, simvastatin, probucol or dextrothy- roxine.
  • the present compounds are administered in combination with more than one of the above-mentioned compounds eg in combination with metformin and a sulphonylurea such as glibenclamide or glyburide; a sulphonylurea and acarbose; metformin and a meglitinide such as repaglinide; acarbose and metformin; a sulfonylurea, metformin and troglitazone; a sulfonylurea, metformin and pioglitazone; a sulfonylurea, metformin and an insulin sensitizer such as disclosed in WO 00/63189 or WO 97/41097; a me- glitinide such as repaglinide, metformin and troglitazone; a meglitinide such as repaglinide, metformin and pioglitazone; a meglitin and a me
  • WO 00/63189 or WO 97/41097 insulin and lovastatin; an insulin analogue or derivative, metformin and a meglitinide such as repaglinide; an insulin analogue or derivative, metformin and a sulfonylurea; an insulin analogue or derivative and troglitazone; an insulin analogue or derivative and pioglitazone; an insulin analogue or derivative and an insulin sensitizer such as disclosed in WO 00/63189 or WO 97/41097; an insulin analogue or derivative and lovastatin; etc.
  • the compounds according to the invention may be administered in combination with one or more antiobesity agents or appetite regulating agents.
  • Such agents may be selected from the group consisting of CART (cocaine amphetamine regulated transcript) agonists, NPY (neuropeptide Y) antagonists, MC4 (melanocortin 4) agonists, orexin antagonists, TNF (tumor necrosis factor) modulators, CRF (corticotropin releasing factor) agonists, CRF BP (corticotropin releasing factor binding protein) antagonists, urocortin agonists, ⁇ 3 adrenergic agonists such as CL-316243, AJ-9677, GW-0604, LY362884, LY377267 or AZ-40140, MSH (melanocyte-stimulating hormone) agonists, MCH (melanocyte-concentrating hormone) antagonists, CCK (cholecystokinin) agonists, serotonin re-uptake inhibitors such as fluoxetine, seroxat or citalopram, serotonin and noradrenaline re-
  • the antiobesity agent is leptin.
  • the antiobesity agent is dexamphetamine or amphetamine.
  • the antiobesity agent is fenfluramine or dexfenfluramine.
  • the antiobesity agent is sibutramine.
  • the antiobesity agent is orlistat.
  • the antiobesity agent is mazindol or phentermine.
  • the present compounds may be administered in combination with one or more antihypertensive agents.
  • antihypertensive agents are ⁇ -blockers such as alprenolol, atenolol, timolol, pindolol, propranolol and metoprolol, ACE (angiotensin converting enzyme) inhibitors such as benazepril, captopril, enalapril, fosinopril, lisinopril, quinapril and ramipril, calcium channel blockers such as nifedipine, felodipine, nicardipine, isradipine, nimodipine, diltiazem and verapamil, and ⁇ -blockers such as doxazosin, urapidil, prazosin and terazosin. Further reference can be made to Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 19th Edition, Gennaro, Ed., Mack Publishing Co
  • the compounds of the invention may be administered alone or in combination with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients, in either single or multiple doses.
  • the pharmaceu- tical compositions according to the invention may be formulated with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or diluents as well as any other known adjuvants and excipients in accordance with conventional techniques such as those disclosed in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 19 th Edition, Gennaro, Ed., Mack Publishing Co., Easton, PA, 1995.
  • compositions may be specifically formulated for administration by any suitable route such as the oral, rectal, nasal, pulmonary, topical (including buccal and sublin- gual), transdermal, intracistemal, intraperitoneal, vaginal and parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, intrathecal, intravenous and intradermal) route, the oral route being preferred.
  • suitable route such as the oral, rectal, nasal, pulmonary, topical (including buccal and sublin- gual), transdermal, intracistemal, intraperitoneal, vaginal and parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, intrathecal, intravenous and intradermal) route, the oral route being preferred.
  • the preferred route will depend on the general condition and age of the subject to be treated, the nature of the condition to be treated and the active ingredient chosen.
  • compositions for oral administration include solid dosage forms such as capsules, tablets, dragees, pills, lozenges, powders and granules. Where appropriate, they can be prepared with coatings such as enteric coatings or they can be formulated so as to provide controlled release of the active ingredient such as sustained or prolonged release according to methods well known in the art.
  • Liquid dosage forms for oral administration include solutions, emulsions, suspensions, syr- ups and elixirs.
  • compositions for parenteral administration include sterile aqueous and non- aqueous injectable solutions, dispersions, suspensions or emulsions as well as sterile powders to be reconstituted in sterile injectable solutions or dispersions prior to use. Depot in- jectable formulations are also contemplated as being within the scope of the present invention.
  • a typical oral dosage is in the range of from about 0.001 to about 100 mg/kg body weight per day, preferably from about 0.01 to about 50 mg/kg body weight per day, and more preferred from about 0.05 to about 10 mg/kg body weight per day administered in one or more dosages such as 1 to 3 dosages.
  • the exact dosage will depend upon the frequency and mode of administration, the sex, age, weight and general condition of the subject treated, the nature and severity of the condition treated and any concomitant diseases to be treated and other factors evident to those skilled in the art.
  • a typical unit dosage form for oral administration one or more times per day such as 1 to 3 times per day may contain from 0.05 to about 1000 mg, preferably from about 0.1 to about 500 mg, and more preferred from about 0.5 mg to about 200 mg.
  • parenteral routes such as intravenous, intrathecal, intramuscular and similar administration
  • typically doses are in the order of about half the dose employed for oral administration.
  • the compounds of this invention are generally utilized as the free substance or as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • One example is a base addition salt of a compound having the utility of a free acid.
  • a compound of the formula (I) contains a free acid such salts are prepared in a conventional manner by treating a solution or suspension of a free acid of the formula (I) with a chemical equivalent of a pharmaceutically acceptable base. Representative examples are mentioned above.
  • solutions of the novel compounds of the formula (I) in sterile aqueous solution may be employed.
  • aqueous solutions should be suitably buffered if necessary and the liquid diluent first rendered isotonic with sufficient saline or glucose.
  • the aqueous solutions are particularly suitable for intravenous, intramuscular, subcutaneous and intraperitoneal administration.
  • the sterile aqueous media employed are all readily available by standard techniques known to those skilled in the art.
  • Suitable pharmaceutical carriers include inert solid diluents or fillers, sterile aqueous solution and various organic solvents.
  • solid carriers are lactose, terra alba, sucrose, cyclodextrin, talc, gelatine, agar, pectin, acacia, magnesium stearate, stearic acid and lower alkyl ethers of cellulose.
  • liquid carriers are syrup, peanut oil, olive oil, phospho- lipids, fatty acids, fatty acid amines, polyoxyethylene and water.
  • the carrier or diluent may include any sustained release material known in the art, such as glyceryl mono- stearate or glyceryl distearate, alone or mixed with a wax.
  • sustained release material such as glyceryl mono- stearate or glyceryl distearate, alone or mixed with a wax.
  • Formulations of the present invention suitable for oral administration may be presented as dis- crete units such as capsules or tablets, each containing a predetermined, amount of the active ingredient, and which may include a suitable excipient.
  • the orally available formulations may be in the form of a powder or granules, a solution or suspension in an aqueous or non-aqueous liquid, or an oil-in-water or water-in-oil liquid emulsion.
  • the preparation may be tabletted, placed in a hard gelatine capsule in powder or pellet form or it can be in the form of a troche or lozenge.
  • the amount of solid carrier will vary widely but will usually be from about 25 mg to about 1 g.
  • the preparation may be in the form of a syrup, emulsion, soft gelatine capsule or sterile injectable liquid such as an aqueous or non-aqueous liquid suspension or solution.
  • a typical tablet that may be prepared by conventional tabletting techniques may contain:
  • the pharmaceutical composition of the invention may comprise the compound of the formula (I) in combination with further pharmacologically active substances such as those described in the foregoing.
  • HOAt 3-hydroxy-3H-[ ,2,3]triazolo[4,5- ⁇ ]pyridine, also denoted 1- hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole
  • EGTA ethylene glycol bis( ⁇ -aminoethyl ether) ⁇ /, ⁇ /, ⁇ /' ⁇ /'-tetracetic acid
  • the Sciex Sample control software running on a Macintosh PowerPC 7200 computer was used for the instrument control and data acquisition.
  • the HPLC pump was connected to four eluent reservoirs containing: acetonitrile water
  • samples contain approximately 500 ⁇ g/mL of the compound to be analysed in an acceptable solvent such as methanol, ethanol, acetonitrile, THF, water and mixtures thereof. (High concentrations of strongly eluting solvents will interfere with the chromatography at low acetonitrile concentrations.)
  • an acceptable solvent such as methanol, ethanol, acetonitrile, THF, water and mixtures thereof.
  • the analysis was performed at room temperature by injecting 20 ⁇ L of the sample solution on the column, which was eluted with a gradient of acetonitrile in either 0.05% TFA or 0.002 M ammonium acetate. Depending on the analysis method varying elution conditions were used.
  • the eluate from the column was passed through a flow splitting T-connector, which passed approximately 20 ⁇ L/min through approx. 1 m. 75 ⁇ fused silica capillary to the API interface of API 100 spectrometer.
  • the remaining 1.48 mL/min was passed through the UV detector and to the ELS detector.
  • the detection data were acquired concurrently from the mass spec- trometer, the UV detector and the ELS detector.
  • the HPLC pump was connected to two eluent reservoirs containing: A: 0.01 % TFA in water
  • HPLC conditions detector settings and mass spectrometer settings used are given in the following table.
  • the HPLC pump was connected to two eluent reservoirs containing:
  • the analysis was performed at room temperature by injecting an appropriate volume of the sample (preferably 1 ⁇ L) onto the column that was eluted with a gradient of acetonitrile.
  • an appropriate volume of the sample preferably 1 ⁇ L
  • the HPLC conditions, detector settings and mass spectrometer settings are given in the following table.
  • Step A (RH2,2-Dimethyl-5-oxo-H .3ldioxolan-4-vDacetic acid
  • D-(+)-malic acid 15. O g, 0.1119 mol
  • 2,2-dimethoxypropane 50 mL, 0.392 mmol
  • the mixture was refluxed at 100 °C for 2 hours and evaporated in vacuo.
  • the residue was dissolved in diethyl ether (150 mL) and subjected to flash column chromatography using diethyl ether as eluent (200 mL).
  • Step B (R)-(2,2-Dimethyl-5-oxo-f1 ,31dioxolan-4-ylmethyl)carbamic acid benzyl ester
  • (R)-(2,2-dimethyl-5-oxo-[1 ,3]dioxolan-4-yl)acetic acid (10.0 g, 57.41 mmol)
  • triethylamine (10 mL, 68.89 mmol)
  • diphenylphosphoryl azide 14 mL, 63.15 mmol
  • Step E (R)-lsoserine ethyl ester hvdrochloride
  • Step A (S)-(2,2-Dimethyl-5-oxo-H ,31dioxolan-4-yl)acetic acid
  • Step C (S)-2.2-Dimethyl-5-oxo-F1 ,31dioxolan-4-ylmethylammonium trifluoroacetate
  • the crude (S)-(2,2-dimethyl-5-oxo-[1 ,3]dioxolan-4-ylmethyl)carbamic acid benzyl ester (976 mg, 3.5 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (14 mL), and palladium (10% on activated charcoal, 300 mg) and 1 ,3-cyclohexadiene (2.8 g, 35 mmol) were added and the reaction was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature, and heated to 40 °C for 10 min.
  • the above (R)-2-methoxysuccinic acid 1 -methyl ester (5.0 g, 30.8 mmol) was dissolved in thionyl chloride (16 mL), and heated to reflux for 2 hours Thionyl chloride and traces thereof was removed by rotary evaporation followed by co-evaporation with acetonitrile.
  • the residual oil was further purified by column chromatography using 20 % ethyl acetate/heptane as eluent. Pure fractions (TLC plates were stained with ammonium molybdate/cerium sul- phate/sulphuric acid) were pooled and taken to dryness. The final yield of 3-fe/t-butoxy- carbonylamino-2(R)-methoxypropionic acid methyl ester was 600 mg (9 %).
  • HNO 3 5 mL fuming, 100%
  • Methyl 2-(trifluoromethoxy)benzoate 5 g, 22.7 mmol
  • the reaction was then stirred at 60 °C for 1 hour and 2 hours at room temperature.
  • the mixture was added to ice water and an oil separated.
  • the oily residue was added water (50 mL), neutralised with an aqueous solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate and then extracted with ethyl acetate (25 mL).
  • Step B 5-Amino-2-trifluoromethoxybenzoic acid methyl ester
  • This compound is commercially available (e.g. from Lancaster or Avocado).
  • 4-(4-terf-Butylcyclohex-1-enyl)aniline was prepared in analogy to procedure for preparation of building block 1 1 using 4-ferf-butylcyclohexanone (0.59 mol) and aniline.
  • Step 1 4-((4-Cvclohexylphenylamino)methyl)benzoic acid methyl ester 4-Formylbenzoic acid methyl ester (6.65 g, 40.5 mmol) was dissolved in hot methanol (175 mL). To this mixture, 4-cyclohexylaniline (7.1 g, 40.5 mmol) was added. To the resulting suspension, more methanol (75 mL) was added and the mixture was heated at reflux for 1 hour.
  • Step 2 4-f 1 -(Cvclohexylphenyl)-3-(3-methoxy-5-trifluoromethylphenyl)ureidomethyllbenzoic acid methyl ester
  • Step 2a 4-f1 -(Cvclohexylphenyl)-3-(3-methoxy-5-trifluoromethylphenyl)ureidomethyllbenzoic acid 4-[1 -(Cyclohexylphenyl)-3-(3-methoxy-5-trifluoromethylphenyl)ureidomethyl]benzoic acid methyl ester (3.0 g ) was dissolved in absolute ethanol (50 mL), sodium hydroxide (4 N, 15 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours.
  • Step 3 (R)-3- ⁇ 4-ri-(4-Cyclohexylphenv ⁇ -3-(3-methoxy-5-trifluoromethylphenyl)ureidomethvn- benzoylamino)-2-hydro ⁇ ypropionic acid ethyl ester
  • Step 4 (R)-3- ⁇ 4-[1-(4-Cyclohexylphenyl)-3-(3-methoxy-5-trifluoromethylphenyl)ureidomethyl]benzoyl- amino ⁇ -2-hydroxypropionic acid ethyl ester was dissolved in ethanol (15 mL) and sodium hydroxide (2 N, 2 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 60 min. Then ethanol was removed in vacuo, water (50 mL) was added and pH was adjusted with 4 N hydrochloric acid to acidic reaction. Filtration and washing with water (5 x 5 mL) and drying in vacuo afforded 460 mg of the title compound as a crystalline solid.
  • Step 2 4-r3-(3.5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenv ⁇ -1-(4-cvclohexylphenyl)ureidomethvnbenzoic acid methyl ester
  • Step 2a 4-r3-(3,5-Bis(trifluoromethvDphenyl)-1 -(4-cvclohexylphenvOureidomethv ⁇ benzoic acid
  • aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate (75 mL and 25 mL) and the combined organic phases were washed with water (3 x 15 mL), dried (magnesium sulphate) and concentrated in vacuo to afford 4-[3-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)- phenyl)-1 -(4-cyclohexylphenyl)ureidomethyl]benzoic acid.
  • Step 3 (R)-3-f4-r3-(3.5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-1 -(4-cyclohexylphenyl)ureidomethyll- benzoylamino)-2-hydroxypropionic acid ethyl ester
  • the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours.
  • the reaction mixture was diluted with water (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (25 mL).
  • the aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (10 mL).
  • the combined organic phases were washed with hydrochloric acid (0.2 N, 3 x 10 mL) and water:saturated sodium chloride (1 :1), dried (magnesium sulphate) and concentrated in vacuo.
  • aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate (25 mL and 10 mL) and the combined organic phases were washed with saturated sodium chloride:water (1 :1), dried (magnesium sulphate) and concentrated in vacuo to afford 0.21 g of the title compound.
  • Step 1 4-[(4-Cvclohexylphenylamino)methyllbenzoic acid
  • Step 2 4-r3-(3-BromophenvO-1-(4-cvclohexylphenyl)ureidomethvHbenzoic acid 3-Bromoaniline (1.4 g, 8.1 mmol) was dissolved in diethyl ether (50 mL) and 3.5 M dry HCI in ethyl acetate (2.3 mL) was added. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was added toluene (100 mL) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was added toluene (100 mL) and diphosgene (8.1 g, 41 mmol) and the resulting mixture was refluxed for 1.5 hour. After cooling, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo.
  • Step 3 (R)-3- ⁇ 4-r3-(3-Bromophenyl)-1 -(4-cvclohexylphenvDureidomethv ⁇ benzoylamino)-2- hydroxypropionic acid ethyl ester 4-[3-(3-Bromophenyl)-1-(4-cyclohexylphenyl)ureidomethyl]benzoic acid (0.20 g, 0.39 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (2.5 mL) and EDAC (0.12 g, 0.6 mmol) and HOBt (0.089 mg, 0.6 mmol) were added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 min.
  • Step 4 (R)-3-f4-r3-(3-Bromophenyl)-1 -(4-cvclohexylphenyl)ureidomethv ⁇ benzoylamino)-2- hydroxypropionic acid
  • Step 2 4-[3-(3-Bromophenyl)-1-(4-cvclohex-1-enylphenv ⁇ ureidomethyllbenzoic acid methyl ester
  • Step 1 f/-ans-4-f(4-tetf-butylcvclohexylamino)methvnbenzoic acid methyl ester
  • the mother liquid was taken to dryness to leave 4.2 g (22%) white solid, which according to NMR consisted mainly of the imino cis isomer.
  • Step 2 Trans-4- ⁇ l -(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-3-(4-te/ -butylcvclohexyl)ureidomethv ⁇ - benzoic acid methyl ester
  • Step 2a rrans-4-[1-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)pheny ⁇ -3-(4-te/f-butylcvclohexyl)ureidomethvn- benzoic acid
  • Step 1 4-ri-(4-fe/f-Butylphenyl)-3-(4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)ureidomethyllbenzoic acid
  • 4-Formylbenzoic acid methyl ester (10.6 g, 64 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (200 mL).
  • 4-fe/f-Butylaniline (9.61 g, 64 mmol) was added and the resulting suspension was refluxed for 15 min.
  • TFA 5.18 mL, 68 mmol
  • sodium cyanoborohydride 3.26 g, 52 mmol
  • Step 2 The above benzoic acid methyl ester (0.73 g, 2.44 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (7 mL) and 4-trifluoromethoxyphenylisocyanate (405 ⁇ L, 2.68 mmol) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours and then refluxed for 1.5 hour.
  • Step 3 (RS)-3- ⁇ 4-H -(4-fe/ ⁇ -Butylpheny ⁇ -3-(4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)ureidomethy ⁇ benzoyl- amino ⁇ -2-hydroxypropionic acid ethyl ester
  • Step 3 (RS)-3-(4-[1 -(4-Cvclohex-1 -enylphenyl)-3-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)ureidomethvnbenzoyl- aminoV2-hvdroxypropionic acid ethyl ester Yield: 0.33 g (89%).
  • Step 4 (RS)-3- ⁇ 4-H -(4-Cyclohex-1 -enylphenyl)-3-(3.5-dichlorophenyl)ureidomethvnbenzoyl- amino)-2-hvdroxypropionic acid
  • Step 3 (R)-3-(4-H -(4-Cvclohex-1 -enylphenyl)-3-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)ureidomethyl1benzoyl- amino>-2-hvdroxypropionic acid ethyl ester
  • Step 4 A solution of (R)-3- ⁇ 4-[1 -(4-cyclohex-1 -enylphenyl)-3-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)ureidomethyl]- benzoylamino ⁇ -2-hydroxypropionic acid ethyl ester (0.60 g, 0.98 mmol) in ethanol (5 mL) and THF (5 mL) was stirred and 4 N sodium hydroxide (0.76 mL, 2.94 mmol) was added. The solution was stirred for 3 hours at room temperature and then acidified with 1 N hydrochloric acid. Evaporation in vacuo afforded an oil, which was partitioned between ethyl acetate, wa- ter and brine.
  • aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate and the combined organic phases were washed with water and brine. Drying (magnesium sulphate), filtration, and evaporation in vacuo afforded 0.43 g (73%) of the title compound as a solid.
  • Steps 1 and 2 4-ri-(4-Cvclohex-1-enylphenyl)-3-(3.5-dichlorophenyl)ureidomethyllbenzoic add
  • Step 3 (RS)-3-(4-H -(4-Cvclohex-1 -enylphenv0-3-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)ureidomethyribenzoyl- aminol-2-fluoropropionic acid methyl ester
  • Step 2 4-H -(4-Cvclohexylphenv ⁇ -3-(4-trifluoromethylsulfanylphenyl)ureidomethvnbenzoic acid methyl ester
  • Step 2a 4-H -(4-Cvclohexylphenyl)-3-(4-trifluoromethylsulfanylphenyl)ureidomethvnbenzoic acid
  • Step 3 (R)-3-f4-M -(4-Cvclohexylphenyl)-3-(4-trifluoromethylsulfanylphenyl)ureidomethyll- benzoylaminol-2-hvdroxypropionic acid methyl ester
  • reaction mixture was transferred to a separatory funnel with ethyl acetate (30 mL) and water (15 mL) and extracted.
  • the aqueous phase was extracted once more with ethyl acetate (15 mL) and the combined organic phases were washed with hydrochloric acid (0.2 N, 3 x 10 mL) and an aqueous solution of saturated sodium chloride (3 x 10 mL), dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo.
  • Step 3 (R)-3- ⁇ 4-ri-(4-cvclohexen-1-ylphenyl)-3-(3-methanesulfonyl-4-trifluoromethoxy- phenyl)ureidomethyllbenzoylamino)-2-hvdro ⁇ ypropionic acid methyl ester
  • This intermediate was prepared using general procedure (A) (steps 1 , 2, 2a, and 3).
  • Steps 1 and 2 rra ?s-4-r3-(3.5-bis(methyl)phenyl)-1-(te/ -butylcvclohexyl)ureidomethyl1- benzoic acid methyl ester
  • Step 2a Trans-4-]3-(3.5-bis(methyl)phenyl)-1-(tetf-butylcvclohexyl)ureidomethyl1benzoic acid
  • the compound was prepared by hydrolysis of frans-4-[3-(3,5-bis(methyl)phenyl)-1-(fert-butyl- cyclohexyl)ureidomethyl]benzoic acid methyl ester.
  • Step 3 Trans-(R -3-f4-r-3-(3.5-bis(methyl)phenvn-1 -(4-ferf-butylcvclohexynureidomethvH- benzoylamino>-2-hvdroxypropionic acid methyl ester:
  • This compound was prepared from rans-4-[3-(3,5-bis(methyl)phenyl)-1-(tet ⁇ -butylcyclo- hexyl)ureidomethyl]benzoic acid.
  • Methyl 4-formylbenzoate (47 g, 285 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (400 mL) and a solution of 4-cyclohexylaniline (50 g, 0.285 mmol) in methanol (200 mL) is slowly added with mechanical stirring. More methanol (1 L) was added and the suspension was stirred at room temperature for 3 days. Filtration, washing and drying in vacuo afforded 90.7 g (99%) of 4- [(4-cyclohexylphenylimino)methyl]benzoic acid methyl ester. This was dissolved in N- methylpyrrolidone (855 mL) and methanol (45 mL).
  • This compound was prepared similarly as described in example 35 from ⁇ /-chlorocarbamoyl- 4-[(4-cyclohexylphenylamino)methyl]benzoic acid methyl ester and biphenyl-2-ylmethylamine followed by hydrolysis of the benzoic acid methyl ester, coupling with (R)-isoserine ethyl es- ter hydrochloride. Hydrolysis afforded the title compound.
  • Step 1 is performed using the same method as in general procedure (A).
  • Step 2 4- ⁇ fterf-ButoxycarbonvH4-cvclohexylphenyl)aminolmethyl)benzoic acid methyl ester 4-((4-Cyclohexylphenylamino)methyl)benzoic acid methyl ester (2.0 g, 6.18 mmol) was sus- pended in sodium hydroxide (1 N, 6.18 mL) and a solution of di-te f-butyldicarbonate (1.67 g, 7.42 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added dropwise.
  • reaction mixture was stirred overnight and was concentrated in vacuo to a solid residue, which was redissolved in diethyl ether (50 mL) and washed with water (25 mL) added sodium hydroxide (1.3 mL, 1 N). The aqueous phase was extracted again with diethyl ether (25 mL) at pH 11-12. The combined organic phases were washed with sodium hydrogen sulphate (30 mL, 10%) and water (3 x 20 mL), dried with magnesium sulphate and concentrated in vacuo.
  • Step 3 4-frfe -Butoxycarbonyl-(4-cvclohexylphenyl)amino1methyl)benzoic acid 4- ⁇ [ferf-Butoxycarbonyl-(4-cyclohexylphenyl)amino]methyl ⁇ benzoic acid methyl ester was suspended in ethanol (30 mL) and sodium hydroxide (4 N, 8.1 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight. The mixture was concentrated to dryness, suspended in water (100 mL), acidified with hydrochloric acid (8.5 mL, 4 N) and extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL).
  • Step 4 (R)-3-(4- ⁇ rte/ ⁇ -Butoxycarbonyl-(4-cvclohexylphenyl)aminolmethyl ⁇ benzoylamino)-2- hydroxypropionic acid methyl ester 4- ⁇ [terf-Butoxycarbonyl-(4-cyclohexylphenyl)amino]methyl ⁇ benzoic acid was dissolved in DMF (10 mL) and HOBt (0.40 g, 2.93 mmol) and EDAC (0.52 g, 2.73 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 45 min.
  • Step 6 (R -3- ⁇ 4-r3-(4-Cyano-3-trifluoromethylphenv ⁇ -1-(4-cyclohexylphenyl)ureidomethv ⁇ - benzoylamino)-2-hvdroxypropionic acid methyl ester
  • Step 7 (R)-3- ⁇ 4-[3-(4-Cyano-3-trifluoromethylphenyl)-1 -(4-cyclohexylphenyl)ureidomethyl]benzoyl- amino ⁇ -2-hydroxypropionic acid methyl ester (0.07 g, 0.124 mmol) was suspended in ethanol (3 mL) and sodium hydroxide (4 N, 0.19 mL, 0.742 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1.5 hour, and concentrated to remove the ethanol. The residue was diluted with water (10 mL) and acidified with hydrochloric acid (4 N, 0.21 mL).
  • Step 6 (R 3-f4- r 3-(3-ferf-Butylphenvn-1 -(4-cvclohexylphenyl)ureidomethyl1benzoylamino)-2- hvdroxypropionic acid methyl ester
  • 3-( ert-Butyl)aniline (0.054 g, 0.36 mmol) was dissolved in ethyl acetate (2 mL) and added dry hydrogen chloride in ethyl acetate twice (3.5 M, 3 mL + 2.5 mL). After 15 min the mixture was concentrated to dryness and co-evaporated three times from toluene (3 x 5 mL). The residue was added toluene (2.5 mL) and flushed with nitrogen for about 10 min, before diphosgene (0.43 mL) was added. Then the mixture was gently refluxed for 1 hour under a nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was cooled and concentrated in vacuo. This was repeated twice to remove excess of diphosgene.
  • the mixture was concentrated to dryness and co- evaporated three times from toluene (5 mL each time). The residue was concentrated to dryness and co-evaporated twice from toluene. Then it was redissolved in toluene (2.5 mL) and flushed with nitrogen for about 10 min, before diphosgene (0.43 mL) was added. The mixture was gently refluxed under nitrogen for 1 hour. After cooling, the mixture was concentrated and co-evaporated twice from toluene to remove excess diphosgene to afford 3-fert-butyl- phenyl isocyanate.
  • Step 6 (R)-3-(4-r3-r3-(te/ ⁇ f-Butyldimethylsilanyloxymethyl)-4-trifluoromethoxyphenvn-1 -(4- cvclohexylphenvDureidomethvHbenzoylamino)-2-hvdroxypropionic acid methyl ester
  • Bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate (triphosgene) (0.09 g, 0.31 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (2 mL) and cooled in an ice-bath under nitrogen.
  • 3-(ferf-Butyldimethylsilanyloxymethyl)-4- trifluoromethoxyaniline 0.3 g, 0.93 mmol was evaporated twice from toluene to remove any moisture and then dissolved in DCM (2 mL) and diisopropylethylamine (0.32 mL) was added. This solution was added to the cooled triphosgene solution and the mixture was stirred at 20 °C for 2.5 hours.
  • R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , A, Z, D and E are as defined for formula (I),
  • X is -C(O)NH- or -C(O)NHCR 12 R 13 - wherein R 12 and R 13 are as defined for formula (I), and
  • Resin is a polystyrene resin loaded with a 2-chlorotrityl linker.
  • Step 1 Resin bound (R)-Fmoc-isoserine
  • the resin was filtered and washed with ⁇ /-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone:1 ,2-dichloropropane (1:1, 2 x 1 mL).
  • ⁇ /-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (500 ⁇ L) and 1,2-dichloropropane (500 ⁇ L) were added followed by 150 ⁇ mol (R)-Fmoc-isoserine and 100 ⁇ L diisopropylethylamine.
  • Step 2 Resin bound (RV3-(4-FormylbenzoylaminoV2-hvdroxypropionic acid
  • resin bound (R)-Fmoc-isoserine 500 ⁇ L of a 20% solution of pipe dine in DMF.
  • N- methyl-2-pyrrolidinone 6 x 1 mL.
  • Step 3 Resin bound (R)-3- ⁇ 4-r(4-fe/f-butylphenylamino)methyl1benzoylamino)-2- hvdroxypropionic acid
  • Step 4 Resin bound (R)-3-f4-f1-(4-te/ -butylphenvn-3-(3.4-dichlorophenyl)ureidomethvn- benzoylamino)-2-hydroxypropionic acid
  • Step 5 (R)-3- ⁇ 4-H -(4-ferf-butylphenv0-3-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)ureidomethyl1benzoylamino)-2- hydroxypropionic acid

Abstract

A novel class of compounds, which act to antagonize the action of the glucagon hormone on the glucagon receptor. Owing to their antagonizing effect of the glucagon receptor the compounds may be suitable for the treatment and/or prevention of any diseases and disorders, wherein a glucagon antagonistic action is beneficial, such as hyperglycemia, Type 1 diabetes, Type 2 diabetes, disorders of the lipid metabolism and obesity.

Description

GLUCAGON ANTAGONISTS/INVERSE AGONISTS
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to agents that act to antagonize the action of the glucagon pep- tide hormone on the glucagon receptor. More particularly, it relates to glucagon antagonists or inverse agonists.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Glucagon is a key hormonal agent that, in co-operation with insulin, mediates homeostatic regulation of the amount of glucose in the blood. Glucagon primarily acts by stimulating certain cells (mostly liver cells) to release glucose when blood glucose levels fall. The action of glucagon is opposite to that of insulin, which stimulates cells to take up and store glucose whenever blood glucose levels rise. Both glucagon and insulin are peptide hormones.
Glucagon is produced in the alpha islet cells of the pancreas and insulin in the beta islet cells. Diabetes mellitus is a common disorder of glucose metabolism. The disease is characterized by hyperglycemia and may be classified as Type 1 diabetes, the insulin-dependent form, or Type 2 diabetes, which is non-insulin-dependent in character. Subjects with Type 1 diabetes are hyperglycemic and hypoinsulinemic, and the conventional treatment for this form of the disease is to provide insulin. However, in some patients with Type 1 or Type 2 diabetes, absolute or relative elevated glucagon levels have been shown to contribute to the hyperglycemic state. Both in healthy control animals as well as in animal models of Type 1 and Type 2 diabetes, removal of circulating glucagon with selective and specific antibodies has resulted in reduction of the glycemic level (Brand et al., Diabetologia 37, 985 (1994); Diabetes 43, [suppl 1], 172A (1994); Am. J. Physiol. 269, E469-E477 (1995); Diabetes 44 [suppl 1], 134A (1995); Diabetes 45, 1076 (1996)). These studies suggest that glucagon suppression or an action that antagonizes glucagon could be a useful adjunct to conventional antihyperglycemia treatment of diabetes. The action of glucagon can be suppressed by providing an antagonist or an inverse agonist, ie substances that inhibit or prevent glucagon- induced responses. The antagonist can be peptidic or non-peptidic in nature.
Native glucagon is a 29 amino acid peptide having the sequence:
His-Ser-Glu-Gly-Thr-Phe-Thr-Ser-Asp-Tyr-Ser-Lys-Tyr-Leu-Asp-Ser-Arg-Arg-Ala-Gln-Asp- Phe-Val-Gln-Trp-Leu-Met-Asn-Thr-NH2. Glucagon exerts its action by binding to and activating its receptor, which is part of the Glu- cagon-Secretin branch of the 7-transmembrane G-protein coupled receptor family (Jelinek et al., Science 259, 1614, (1993)). The receptor functions by activating the adenylyl cyclase second messenger system and the result is an increase in cAMP levels.
Several publications disclose peptides that are stated to act as glucagon antagonists. Probably, the most thoroughly characterized antagonist is DesHis1[Glu9]-glucagon amide (Unson et al., Peptides 10, 1171 (1989); Post et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90, 1662 (1993)). Other antagonists are DesHis1, Phe6[Glu9]-glucagon amide (Azizh et al., Bioorganic & Medicinal Chem. Lett. 16, 1849 (1995)) and NLeu9,Ala 1'16-glucagon amide (Unson et al., J. Biol. Chem. 269 (17), 12548 (1994)).
Peptide antagonists of peptide hormones are often quite potent. However, they are generally known not to be orally available because of degradation by physiological enzymes, and poor distribution in vivo. Therefore, orally available non-peptide antagonists of peptide hormones are generally preferred. Among the non-peptide glucagon antagonists, a quinoxaline derivative, (2-styryl-3-[3-(dimethylamino)propylmethylamino]-6,7-dichloroquinoxaline was found to displace glucagon from the rat liver receptor (Collins, J.L. et al., Bioorganic and Medicinal Chemistry Letters 2(9):915-918 (1992)). WO 94/14426 discloses use of skyrin, a natural product comprising a pair of linked 9,10-anthracenedione groups, and its synthetic analogues, as glucagon antagonists. US patent No 4,359,474 discloses the glucagon antagonistic properties of 1-phenyl pyrazole derivatives. US patent No 4,374,130 discloses substituted disilacyclohexanes as glucagon antagonists. WO 98/04528 (Bayer Corporation) discloses substituted pyridines and biphenyls as glucagon antagonists. US patent No 5,776,954
(Merck & Co., Inc.) discloses substituted pyridyl pyrroles as glucagon antagonists and WO 98/21957, WO 98/22108, WO 98/22109 and US 5,880,139 (Merck & Co., Inc.) disclose 2,4- diaryl-5-pyridylimidazoles as glucagon antagonists. Furthermore, WO 97/16442 and US patent No 5,837,719 (Merck & Co., Inc.) disclose 2,5-substituted aryl pyrroles as glucagon an- tagonists. WO 98/24780, WO 98/24782, WO 99/24404 and WO 99/32448 (Amgen Inc.) disclose substituted pyrimidinone and pyridone compounds and substituted pyrimidine compounds, respectively, which are stated to possess glucagon antagonistic activity. Madsen et al. (J. Med. Chem. 1998 (41) 5151-7) discloses a series of 2-(benzimidazol-2-ylthio)-1-(3,4- dihydroxyphenyl)-1-ethanones as competitive human glucagon receptor antagonists. WO 99/01423 and WO 00/39088 (Novo Nordisk A/S) disclose different series of alkylidene hydrazides as glucagon antagonists/inverse agonists.
These known glucagon antagonists differ structurally from the present compounds.
DEFINITIONS
The following is a detailed definition of the terms used to describe the compounds of the invention:
"Halogen" designates an atom selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br and I.
The term "C1-6-alkyl" as used herein represents a saturated, branched or straight hydrocarbon group having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, terf-pentyl, n-hexyl, isohexyl and the like.
The term "C2-6-alkenyr as used herein represents a branched or straight hydrocarbon group having from 2 to 6 carbon atoms and at least one double bond. Examples of such groups include, but are not limited to, vinyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, iso-propenyl, 1 ,3-butadienyl, 1-but- enyl, 2-butenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-methyl-1-propenyl, 1-pentenyl, 2-pentenyl, 3-pentenyl, 4-penten- yl, 3-methyl-2-butenyl, 1-hexenyl, 2-hexenyl, 3-hexenyl, 2,4-hexadienyl, 5-hexenyl and the like.
The term "C2-6-alkynyl" as used herein represents a branched or straight hydrocarbon group having from 2 to 6 carbon atoms and at least one triple bond. Examples of such groups include, but are not limited to, ethynyl, 1-propynyl, 2-propynyl, 1-butynyl, 2-butynyl, 3-butynyl, 1-pentynyl, 2-pentynyl, 3-pentynyl, 4-pentynyl, 1-hexynyl, 2-hexynyl, 3-hexynyl, 4-hexynyl, 5-hexynyl, 2,4-hexadiynyl and the like.
The term "Cι-6-alkoxy" as used herein refers to the radical -O-C1-6-alkyl, wherein C1-6-alkyl is as defined above. Representative examples are methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, sec-butoxy, ferf-butoxy, pentoxy, isopentoxy, hexoxy, isohexoxy and the like.
The term "d-e-alkanoyl" as used herein denotes a group -C(O)H or -C(O)-C1-5-alkyl. Represen- tative examples are formyl, acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, valeryl, hexanoyl and the like. The term "C3-8-cycloalkyl" as used herein represents a saturated, carbocyclic group having from 3 to 8 carbon atoms. Representative examples are cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl and the like.
The term "C4-8-cycloalkenyl" as used herein represents a non-aromatic, carbocyclic group having from 4 to 8 carbon atoms containing one or two double bonds. Representative examples are 1-cyclopentenyl, 2-cyclopentenyl, 3-cyclopentenyl, 1-cyclohexenyl, 2-cyclohexenyl, 3- cyclohexenyl, 2-cycloheptenyl, 3-cycloheptenyl, 2-cyclooctenyl, 1 ,4-cyclooctadienyl and the like.
The term "heterocyclyl" as used herein represents a non-aromatic 3 to 10 membered ring containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur and optionally containing one or two double bonds. Representative examples are pyrrolidinyl, piperidyl, piperaz- inyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, aziridinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl and the like.
The term "aryl" as used herein is intended to include carbocyclic aromatic ring systems such as phenyl, biphenylyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, phenanthrenyl, fluorenyl, indenyl, pentalenyl, azulenyl and the like. Aryl is also intended to include the partially hydrogenated derivatives of the carbocyclic systems enumerated above. Non-limiting examples of such partially hydrogenated derivatives are 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl, 1 ,4-dihydronaphthyl and the like.
The term "arylene" as used herein is intended to include divalent carbocyclic aromatic ring systems such as phenylene, biphenylylene, naphthylene, anthracenylene, phenanthrenylene, fluorenylene, indenylene, pentalenylene, azulenylene and the like. Arylene is also intended to include the partially hydrogenated derivatives of the carbocyclic systems enumerated above. Non-limiting examples of such partially hydrogenated derivatives are 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro- naphthylene, 1 ,4-dihydronaphthylene and the like.
The term "aryloxy" as used herein denotes a group -O-aryl, wherein aryl is as defined above.
The term "aroyl" as used herein denotes a group -C(O)-aryl, wherein aryl is as defined above.
The term "heteroaryl" as used herein is intended to include heterocyclic aromatic ring sys- tems containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur such as furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, 1 ,2,3-triazolyl, 1 ,2,4-triazolyl, pyranyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, 1 ,2,3-triazinyl, 1 ,2,4-triazinyl, 1 ,3,5- triazinyl, 1 ,2,3-oxadiazolyl, 1 ,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 1 ,2,5-oxadiazolyl, 1 ,3,4-oxadiazolyl, 1 ,2,3- thiadiazolyl, 1 ,2,4-thiadiazolyl, 1 ,2,5-thiadiazolyl, 1 ,3,4-thiadiazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiadiazinyl, indo- lyl, isoindolyl, benzofuryl, benzothienyl, indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzthiazolyl, benzisothia- zolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, purinyl, quinazolinyl, quinolizinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, carbazolyl, azepinyl, diazepinyl, acridinyl and the like. Heteroaryl is also intended to include the partially hydrogenated derivatives of the heterocyclic systems enumerated above. Non-limiting examples of such partially hydrogenated derivatives are 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrazolinyl, indolinyl, oxazolidinyl, oxazolinyl, oxazepinyl and the like.
"Aryl-C1-6-alkyl", "heteroaryl-Ci-e-alkyl", "aryl-C2-6-alkenyl" etc. mean C1-6-alkyl or C2-6-alkenyl as defined above, substituted by an aryl or heteroaryl as defined above, for example:
Figure imgf000006_0001
The term "optionally substituted" as used herein means that the groups in question are either unsubstituted or substituted with one or more of the substituents specified. When the groups in question are substituted with more than one substituent the substituents may be the same or different.
Certain of the above defined terms may occur more than once in the structural formulae, and upon such occurrence each term shall be defined independently of the other.
Furthermore, when using the terms "independently are" and "independently selected from" it should be understood that the groups in question may be the same or different.
DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
The present invention is based on the unexpected observation that the compounds of the general formula (I) disclosed below antagonize the action of glucagon. The compounds are advantageous by being selective towards the glucagon receptor and show a higher binding affinity for the glucagon receptor compared to the binding affinity for the structurally relatedGIP (Gastric Inhibitory Peptide) receptor and GLP-1 receptor.
Accordingly, the present inventions relate to compounds of the general formula (I):
Figure imgf000007_0001
wherein
R1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 independently are hydrogen or C^-alkyl,
A is -C(O)-, -CH(OR6)- or -CHF-,
wherein R6 is hydrogen or C1-6-alkyl,
Z is arylene or a divalent radical derived from a 5 or 6 membered heteroaromatic ring containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur,
which may optionally be substituted with one or two groups R7 and R8 selected from halogen, -CN, -CF3, -OCF3, -NO2, -OR9, -NR9R10 and C1-6-alkyl,
wherein R9 and R10 independently are hydrogen or Cι-6-alkyl,
X is
O
-(CH2)-(CR12R13)r-(CH2)— -(CR12R1V(CH2)S-
Figure imgf000008_0001
wherein
r is 0 or 1 ,
q and s independently are 0, 1 , 2 or 3,
R11, R12, R13 and R14 independently are hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl or C3-8-cycloalkyl,
D is
Figure imgf000009_0001
Figure imgf000009_0002
wherein
Rηo, Rlb, R1' and R1B independently are
• hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -CHF2, -CF3, -OCF3, -OCHF2, -OCH2CF3, -OCF2CHF2, -S(O)2CF3, -SCF3, -NO2, -OR21, -NR21R22, -SR21, -NR21S(O)2R22, -S(O)2NR21R22,
-S(O)NR21R22, -S(O)R21, -S(O)2R21, -C(O)NR21R22, -OC(O)NR21R22, -NR21C(O)R22, -CH2C(O)NR21R22, -OCH2C(O)NR2 R22, -OC(O)R21, -C(O)R21 or -C(O)OR21,
• Cι-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl or C2-6-alkynyl,
which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, -CN, -CF3, -OCF3, -NO2, -OR21, -NR21R22 and C1-6-alkyl,
• C3-8-cycloalkyl, C4-8-cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl, C3-8-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-8-cyclo- alkyl-C1-6-alkoxy, C3-8-cycloalkyloxy, C3-8-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkylthio, C3-8-cycloalkylthio,
C3-8-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C3-8-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl, C4-8-cycloalkenyl-Cι-6-alkyl, C4-8-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C4-8-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkynyl, heterocyclyl-C1-6-alkyl, heterocyclyl-C2-6-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-6-alkynyl, aryl, aryloxy, aryloxycarbonyl, aroyl, aryl-C1-6-alkoxy, aryl-C1.6-alkyl, aryl-C2-6-alkenyl, aryi-C2-6-alkynyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl, heteroaryl-C2-6-alkenyl or heteroaryl-C2-6-alkynyl,
of which the cyclic moieties optionally may be substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, -C(O)OR21, -CN, -CF3, -OCF3, -NO2, -OR21, -NR21R22 and C1-6-alkyl,
wherein R21 and R22 independently are hydrogen, C1-e-alkyl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl or aryl,
or R21 and R22 when attached to the same nitrogen atom together with the said nitrogen atom may form a 3 to 8 membered heterocyclic ring optionally containing one or two further heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and optionally containing one or two double bonds,
or two of the groups R15 to R18 when placed in adjacent positions together may form a bridge -(CR23R24)a-O-(CR25R26)c-O-,
wherein
a is 0, 1 or 2
c is 1 or 2,
R23, R24, R25 and R26 independently are hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl or fluorine,
R19 and R20 independently are hydrogen, Cι-6-alkyl, C3-8-cycloalkyl or C3-8-cyclo- alkyl-d-e-alkyl, E is
Figure imgf000011_0001
Figure imgf000011_0002
wherein
R and R independently are
hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -CF3, -OR32, -NR32R33, C1-6-alkyl, C3-8-cycloalkyl, C -8-cycloalkenyl or aryl,
wherein the aryl group optionally may be substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, -CN, -CF3, -NO2, -OR32, -NR32R33 and d.6-alkyl,
wherein R32 and R33 independently are hydrogen or C^-alky!, or
R32 and R33 when attached to the same nitrogen atom together with the said nitrogen atom may form a 3 to 8 membered heterocyclic ring optionally containing one or two further heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and optionally containing one or two double bonds, R29, R30 and R31 independently are
■ hydrogen, halogen, -CHF2, -CF3, -OCF3, -OCHF2, -OCH2CF3, -OCF2CHF2, -SCF3, -OR34, -NR34R35, -SR34, -S(O)R34, -S(O)2R34, -C(O)NR3 R35, -OC(O)NR34R35, -NR34C(O)R35, -OCH2C(O)NR34R35, -C(O)R34 or -C(O)OR34,
■ C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl or C2-6-alkynyl,
which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, -CN, -CF3, -OCF3, -NO2, -OR34, -NR34R35 and C1-6-alkyl,
■ C3-8-cycloalkyl, C4-8-cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl, C3-8-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-8-cyclo- alkyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C3-8-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl, C4-8-cycloalkenyl-C1-6-alkyl, C4-8-cyclo- alkenyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C4-8-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkynyl, heterocyclyl-C^e-alkyl, heterocy- clyl-C2-6-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-6-alkynyl, aryl, aryloxy, aroyl, aryl-C1-6-alkoxy, aryl-
C1-6-alkyl, aryl-C2-6-alkenyl, aryl-C2-6-alkynyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl, hetero- aryl-C2-6-alkenyl or heteroaryl-C2-6-alkynyl,
of which the cyclic moieties optionally may be substituted with one or more sub- stituents selected from halogen, -CN, -CF3, -OCF3, -NO2, -OR34, -NR3 R35 and
C1-6-alkyl,
wherein R34 and R35 independently are hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl or aryl,
or R34 and R35 when attached to the same nitrogen atom together with the said nitrogen atom may form a 3 to 8 membered heterocyclic ring optionally containing one or two further heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and optionally containing one or two double bonds,
or two of the groups R29, R30 and R31 when attached to the same ring carbon atom or different ring carbon atoms together may form a radical -O-(CH2)t-CR36R37-(CH2)rO-, -(CH2)t-CR36R37-(CH2)r or -S-(CH2)rCR36R37-(CH2)rS-, wherein
t and I independently are 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5,
R36 and R37 independently are hydrogen or C1-6-alkyl,
as well as any optical or geometric isomer or tautomeric form thereof including mixtures of these or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another aspect, the invention is concerned with compounds of the general formula (I')
Figure imgf000013_0001
wherein
R\ R2, R3, R4 and R5 independently are hydrogen or C1-6-alkyl,
A is -C(O)-, -CH(OR6)- or -CHF-,
wherein R6 is hydrogen or Cι-6-alkyl,
Z is arylene or a divalent radical derived from a 5 or 6 membered heteroaromatic ring containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur,
which may optionally be substituted with one or two groups R7 and R8 selected from halogen, -CN, -CF3, -OCF3, -NO2, -OR9, -NR9R10 and C1-6-alkyl,
wherein R9 and R10 independently are hydrogen or Cve-alkyl, X is
o
-(CH2 Z)>a (CR12R 3)r- ■(CHo 2),s -(CR12R13)-(CH2 2)'s
Figure imgf000014_0001
(CH2)— (CR12R13)— O-(CH2)-
Figure imgf000014_0002
wherein
r is 0 or 1 ,
q and s independently are 0, 1 , 2 or 3,
R , R , R13 and R14 independently are hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl or C3-8-cycloalkyl,
D is
Figure imgf000015_0001
Figure imgf000015_0002
wherein
R15, R16, R17 and R18 independently are
• hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -CH2CN, -CHF2, -CF3, -OCF3, -OCHF2, -OCH2CF3, -OCF2CHF2, -S(O)2CF3, -SCF3, -NO2, -OR21, -NR21R22, -SR21, -NR21S(O)2R22,
-S(O)2NR21R22, -S(O)NR21R22, -S(O)R21, -S(O)2R21, -C(O)NR21R22, -OC(O)NR21R22, -NR21C(O)R22, -CH2C(O)NR2 R22, -OCH2C(O)NR2 R22, -CH2OR21, -CH2NR21R22, -OC(O)R21, -C(O)R21 or -C(O)OR21,
• C1-6-alkyl, C2_6-alkenyl or C2-6-alkynyl,
which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, -CN, -CF3, -OCF3, -NO2, -OR21, -NR21R22 and C1-6-alkyl,
• C3.8-cycloalkyl, C4-8-cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl, C3.8-cycloalkyl-C -6-alkyl, C3.8-cyclo- alkyl-C1-6-alkoxy, C3-8-cycloalkyloxy, C3-8-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkylthio, C3.8-cycloalkylthio, C3.8-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C3-8-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl, C4-8-cycloalkenyl-C1-6-alkyl, C4.8-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C .8-cycloalkenyl-C2,6-alkynyl, heterocyclyl-Cι-6-alkyl, heterocyclyl-C2-6-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2.6-alkynyl, aryl, aryloxy, aryloxycarbonyl, aroyl, aryl-C1-6-alkoxy, aryl-Cι-6-alkyl, aryl-C2-6-alkenyl, aryl-C2-6-alkynyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-Cι.6-alkyl, heteraaryl-C2-6-alkenyl or heteroaryl-C2-6-alkynyl,
of which the cyclic moieties optionally may be substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, -C(O)OR21, -CN, -CF3, -OCF3, -NO2, -OR21, -NR21R22 and C1-6-alkyl,
wherein R and R independently are hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl or aryl,
or R21 and R22 when attached to the same nitrogen atom together with the said nitrogen atom may form a 3 to 8 membered heterocyclic ring optionally containing one or two further heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and optionally containing one or two double bonds,
or two of the groups R15 to R18 when placed in adjacent positions together may form a bridge -(CR23R24)a-O-(CR25R26)c-O-,
wherein
a is 0, 1 or 2,
c is 1 or 2,
R23, R24, R25 and R26 independently are hydrogen, Cι-6-alkyl or fluorine,
R19 and R20 independently are hydrogen, C^-alkyl, C3-8-cycloalkyl or C3-8-cyclo- alkyl-C1-6-alkyl, E is
Figure imgf000017_0001
Figure imgf000017_0002
wherein
R 327 a _„n,d j D R 8 independently are
hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -CF3, -OR32, -NR32R33, C1-6-alkyl, C3-8-cycloalkyl, C4.8-cycloalkenyl or aryl,
wherein the aryl group optionally may be substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, -CN, -CF3, -NO2, -OR32, -NR32R33 and C1-6-alkyl,
wherein R32 and R33 independently are hydrogen or C -6-alkyl, or
R32 and R33 when attached to the same nitrogen atom together with the said nitrogen atom may form a 3 to 8 membered heterocyclic ring optionally containing one or two further heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and optionally containing one or two double bonds, R29, R30 and R31 independently are
■ hydrogen, halogen, -CHF2, -CF3, -OCF3, -OCHF2, -OCH2CF3, -OCF2CHF2, -SCF3, -OR34, -NR34R35, -SR34, -S(O)R34, -S(O)2R34, -C(O)NR34R35, -OC(O)NR34R35, -NR34C(O)R35, -OCH2C(O)NR34R35, -C(O)R34 or -C(O)OR34,
■ C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl or C2-6-alkynyl,
which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, -CN, -CF3, -OCF3, -NO2, -OR34, -NR34R35 and C1-6-alkyl,
" C3-8-cycloalkyl, C4-8-cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl, C3-8-cycloalkyl-Cι-6-alkyl, C3-8-cyclo- alkyl-C2.6-alkenyl, C3.8-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl, C4-8-cycloalkenyl-C1-6-alkyl, C4-8-cyclo- alkenyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C4-8-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkynyl, heterocyclyl-C1-6-alkyl, heterocy- clyl-C2.6-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-6-alkynyl, aryl, aryloxy, aroyl, aryl-Cι-6-alkoxy, aryl-
C1-6-alkyl, aryl-C2-6-alkenyl, aryl-C2.6-alkynyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl, hetero- aryl-C2-6-alkenyl or heteroaryl-C2-6-alkynyl,
of which the cyclic moieties optionally may be substituted with one or more sub- stituents selected from halogen, -CN, -CF3, -OCF3, -NO2, -OR34, -NR34R35 and
C1-6-alkyl,
wherein R34 and R35 independently are hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl or aryl,
or R34 and R35 when attached to the same nitrogen atom together with the said nitrogen atom may form a 3 to 8 membered heterocyclic ring optionally containing one or two further heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and optionally containing one or two double bonds,
or two of the groups R29, R30 and R31 when attached to the same ring carbon atom or different ring carbon atoms together may form a radical -O-(CH2)t-CR36R37-(CH2)i-O-, -(CH2)t-CR36R37-(CH2)ι- or -S-(CH2)rCR36R37-(CH2),-S-, wherein
t and I independently are 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5,
R36 and R37 independently are hydrogen or C1-6-alkyl,
as well as any optical or geometric isomer or tautomeric form thereof including mixtures of these or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another aspect, the invention is concerned with compounds of the general formula (I"):
Figure imgf000019_0001
wherein
R1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 independently are hydrogen or C1-6-alkyl,
A is -C(O)-, -CH(OR6)- or -CHF-,
wherein R6 is hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl or halogen,
Z is arylene or a divalent radical derived from a 5 or 6 membered heteroaromatic ring containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur,
which may optionally be substituted with one or two groups R7 and R8 selected from halogen, -CN, -CF3, -OCF3, -NO2, -OR9, -NR9R10 and C1-6-alkyl,
wherein R9 and R10 independently are hydrogen or Cι-6-alkyl, X is
O
-(CH2)-(CR12R13)r-(CH2)s- -(CR12R13)-(CH2)S-
O
12„13
(CH2 2)/,q -C=C-(CR R )r-(CH2); "(CH2 2)/;q -N- •(CR12R 3)r(CH2)s-
H H
R 1
Figure imgf000020_0001
or -(CH2)q— (CR12R13)— O-(CH2)-
Figure imgf000020_0002
wherein
r is 0 or 1 ,
q and s independently are 0, 1 , 2 or 3,
R , R12, R13 and R14 independently are hydrogen or C1-6-alkyl,
D is
Figure imgf000021_0001
Figure imgf000021_0002
16 0 ι*τV
R o
wherein
R1b, Rη , R1' and R1B independently are
• hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -CH2CN, -CHF2, -CF3, -OCF3, -OCHF2, -OCH2CF3, -OCF2CHF2, -OS(O)2CF3, -SCF3, -NO2, -OR21, -NR21R22, -SR21, -NR21S(O)2R22,
-S(O)2NR21R22, -S(O)NR21R22, -S(O)R2\ -S(O)2R21, -OS(O)2R21, -C(O)NR21R22, -OC(O)NR21R22, -NR21C(O)R22, -CH2C(O)NR21R22, -OCH2C(O)NR21R22, -CH2OR21, -CH2NR21R22, -OC(O)R21, -C(O)R21 or -C(O)OR21,
• d-e-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl or C2-e-alkynyl,
which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, -CN, -CF3, -OCF3, -NO2, -OR21, -NR21R22 and C^-alkyl,
• C3-8-cycloalkyl, C4-8-cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl, C3-8-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-8-cyclo- alkyl-C1-6-alkoxy, C3-8-cycloalkyloxy, C3.8-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkylthio, C3-8-cycloalkylthio, C3.8-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C3-a-cycIoalkyl-C2.6-alkynyl, C4-8-cycloalkenyl-C1-6-alkyl, C4.8-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C4.8-cycloalkenyl-C2.6-alkynyl, heterocyclyl-d-e-alkyl, heterocyclyl-C2-6-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-6-alkynyl, aryl, aryloxy, aryloxycarbonyl, aroyl, aryl-C1-6-alkoxy, aryl-C^-alkyl, aryl-C2-6-alkenyl, aryl-C2-6-alkynyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-Cι-6-alkyl, heteroaryl-C2-6-alkenyl or heteroaryl-C2-6-alkynyl,
of which the cyclic moieties optionally may be substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, -CN, -CF3, -OCF3, -NO2, -OR21, -NR2 R22 and C1-6-alkyl,
wherein R and R independently are hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl or aryl,
or R21 and R22 when attached to the same nitrogen atom together with the said nitrogen atom may form a 3 to 8 membered heterocyclic ring optionally containing one or two further heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and optionally containing one or two double bonds,
or two of the groups R15 to R18 when placed in adjacent positions together may form a bridge -(CR23R24)a-O-(CR25R26)c-O-,
wherein
a is 0, 1 or 2,
c is 1 or 2,
R23, R24, R25 and R26 independently are hydrogen, Cι-6-alkyl or fluorine,
R19 and R20 independently are hydrogen, C^-alky!, C3.8-cycloalkyl or C3-8-cyclo- alkyl-C-i-e-alkyl, E is
Figure imgf000023_0001
wherein
R27 and R28 independently are
hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -CF3, -OR32, -NR32R33, C1-6-alkyl, C3-8-cycloalkyl, C4-8-cycloalkenyl or aryl,
wherein the aryl group optionally may be substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, -CN, -CF3, -NO2, -OR32, -NR32R33 and C1-6-alkyl,
wherein R32 and R33 independently are hydrogen or C1-6-alkyl, or
R32 and R33 when attached to the same nitrogen atom together with the said nitrogen atom may form a 3 to 8 membered heterocyclic ring optionally containing one or two further heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and optionally containing one or two double bonds,
R29, R30 and R31 independently are
■ hydrogen, -CHF2, -CF3, -OCF3, -OCHF2, -OCH2CF3, -OCF2CHF2, -SCF3, -OR34, -NR34R35, -SR34, -S(O)R34, -S(O)2R34, -C(O)NR34R35, -OC(O)NR34R35, -NR34C(O)R35, -OCH2C(O)NR34R35, -C(O)R34 or -C(O)OR34, ■ C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-aIkenyl or C2-6-alkynyl,
which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, -CN, -CF3, -OCF3, -NO2, -OR34, -NR34R35 and C1-6-alkyl,
■ C3-8-cycloalkyl, C4-8-cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl, C3-8-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-8-cyclo- alkyl-C2-6-a)kenyl, C3.8-cycloalkyl-C2.6-alkynyl, C4-3-cycloalkenyl-C1-6-alkyl, C4-8-cyclo- alkenyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C4.8-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkynyl, heterocyclyl-C^-alkyl, heterocy- clyl-C2-6-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-6-alkynyl, aryl, aryloxy, aroyl, aryl-Cι.6-alkoxy, aryl-C-i. e-alkyl, aryl-C2-6-alkenyl, aryl-C2.6-alkynyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-Cι-B-alkyl, heteroaryl-
C2-6-alkenyl or heteroaryl-C2-6-alkynyl,
of which the cyclic moieties optionally may be substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, -CN, -CF3, -OCF3, -NO2, -OR34, -NR34R35 and C1-6-alkyl,
wherein R34 and R35 independently are hydrogen, Cι-6-alkyl or aryl,
or R34 and R35 when attached to the same nitrogen atom together with the said nitrogen atom may form a 3 to 8 membered heterocyclic ring optionally containing one or two further heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and optionally containing one or two double bonds,
or two of the groups R29, R30 and R31 when attached to the same ring carbon atom or differ- ent ring carbon atoms together may form a radical -O-(CH2)t-CR36R37-(CH2)rO-, -(CH2)rCR36R37-(CH2)r or -S-(CH2),-CR36R37-(CH2),-S-,
wherein
t and I independently are 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5,
R36 and R37 independently are hydrogen or C1-6-alkyl,
as well as any optical or geometric isomer or tautomeric form thereof including mixtures of these or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In one embodiment, R1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 are hydrogen.
In one embodiment, A is -CHF-.
In another embodiment, A is -CH(OR6)-, wherein R6 is as defined for formula (I), such as -CH(OH)-.
In one embodiment, Z is
Figure imgf000025_0001
wherein R7 and R8 are as defined for formula (I), such as
Figure imgf000025_0002
In one embodiment, X is
Figure imgf000026_0001
Figure imgf000026_0002
Figure imgf000026_0003
O O
,12.
(CR1 H)r O-(CH2)s— , — O-(CH2 2)/,s or
Figure imgf000026_0004
wherein q is 0 or 1 , r is 0 or 1 , s is 0, 1 or 2, and R12 and R13 independently are hydrogen or C1-6-alkyl.
In another embodiment, X is -C(O)NH-, -C(O)NHCH2-, -C(O)NHCH(CH3)-, -C(O)NHC(CH3)2-, -C(O)NHCH2CH2-, -C(O)CH2-, -C(O)CH2CH2-, -C(O)CH=CH-, -(CH2)S-, -C(O)-, -C(O)O- or -NHC(O)-, wherein s is 0 or 1.
In yet another embodiment, X is -C(O)NH-, -C(O)NHCH2-, -C(O)NHCH(CH3)-, -C(O)NHCH2CH2-, -C(O)CH2-, -C(O)CH=CH-, -(CH2)S-, -C(O)-, -C(O)O- or -NHC(O)-, wherein s is 0 or 1.
In still another embodiment, X is -C(O)NH-, -C(O)NHCH2-, -C(O)NHCH(CH3)-, -C(O)NHCH2CH2-, -C(O)CH2-, -CH2-, -C(O)- or -NHC(O)-.
In still a further embodiment, X is -C(O)NH-, -C(O)NHCH2-, -C(O)NHCH(CH3)-, -C(O)CH2- or -C(O)-, such as -C(O)NH-. In one embodiment, D is
Figure imgf000027_0001
R1B R15 6 or
)
0
wherein R15, R16, R 7, R18, R19 and R20 are as defined for formula (I).
In another embodiment, D is
Figure imgf000027_0002
wherein R , R and R are as defined for formula (I).
In one embodiment, R15, R16 and R17 are independently hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -NO2, -CF3, -OCF3, -SCF3, C1-6-alkyl, C1-6-alkoxy, -S-Cι-6-alkyl, -C(O)OR21, -C(O)R21, -CH2OR21, -C(O)NR21R22, -S(O)R21, -S(O)2R21, -S(O)2CF3, -S(O)2NR21R22, C3.8-cycloalkyl, C3-8-cycloalkyl- d-6-alkoxy or C3-8-cycloalkyl-C1-6-thioalkyl, or
aryl, heteroaryl or aryloxy, which may optionally be substituted with -CF3, -OCF3, C1-6-alkyl, halogen or -C(O)OR21, or
two of the groups R15, R16 and R17 when placed in adjacent positions together form a bridge -(CR23R24)a-O-(CR25R26)c-O-,
wherein R21 and R22 independently are hydrogen or C -6-alkyl, and a, c, R23, R24, R25 and R26 are as defined for formula (I). In another embodiment, R , Rlb and R are independently hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -CF3
-OCF3 or C^e-alkoxy or wherein R and R together form a bridge -CF2-O-CF2-O- and R is hydrogen.
In yet another embodiment, R15, R16 and R17 independently are hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -CF3, -OCF3 or d-6-alkoxy.
In another embodiment, D is
Figure imgf000028_0001
wherein R , R , Rιa and R2υ are as defined for formula (I).
In yet another embodiment, D is
Figure imgf000028_0002
wherein R15 and R16 are both hydrogen and R 9 is C^-alkyl, C3.8-cycloalkyl or C3-8-cycloalkyl- C1-6-alkyl.
In still another embodiment, D is
Figure imgf000028_0003
wherein R1° and R1 are both hydrogen and R19 and R20 are both C1-6-alkyl In one embodiment, E is
Figure imgf000029_0001
wherein R ,27 , D R28 , D R29 , D R3J0U a „„nd D R3J11 are as defined for formula (I).
In another embodiment, E is
Figure imgf000029_0002
wherein R and R are as defined for formula (I).
In still another embodiment, E is
Figure imgf000029_0003
wherein R and R are as defined for formula (I).
In one embodiment, R27 and R28 are independently hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C3-8-cycloalkyl, C4-8-cycloalkenyl or phenyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted as defined for formula (I). In another embodiment, R27 and R28 are independently hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C3-8-cycloalkyl or C .8-cycloalkenyl.
In still another embodiment, R27 is hydrogen and R28 is C1-6-alkyl or C3-8-cyc)oalkyl, such as fe/if-butyl, cyclohexyl or cyclohexenyl.
In another embodiment, E is
Figure imgf000030_0001
wherein R29, R30 and R31 are as defined for formula (I).
In yet another embodiment, E is
Figure imgf000030_0002
wherein R29, R30 and R31 are as defined for formula (I).
In one embodiment, R29, R30 and R31 are independently
- hydrogen, -CHF2, -CF3, -OCF3, -OCHF2, -OCH2CF3, -OCF2CHF2, -SCF3, -OR34, -NR34R35, -SR34, -S(O)R34, -S(O)2R34, -C(O)NR34R35, -OC(O)NR34R35, -NR34C(O)R35, -OCH2C(O)NR34R35, -C(O)R34 or -C(O)OR34,
■ Ct-β-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl or C2-6-alkynyl,
which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, -CN, -CF3, -OCF3, -NO2, -OR34, -NR34R35 and C1-6-alkyl,
■ C3-8-cycloalkyl or C4-3-cycloalkenyl, which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, -CN, -CF3, -OCF3, -NO2, -OR34, -NR34R35 and C^-alky!,
wherein R34 and R35 independently are hydrogen, C^e-alkyl or aryl,
or R34 and R35 when attached to the same nitrogen atom together with the said nitrogen atom may form a 3 to 8 membered heterocyclic ring optionally containing one or two further heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and optionally containing one or two double bonds.
In yet another embodiment, R29, R30 and R3 are independently
hydrogen, C1-6-alkoxy, halogen, -CF3, -OCF3 or -NR34R35, wherein R34 and R35 are as defined for formula (I), or
C1-6-alkyl, C3-8-cycloalkyl or C -8-cycloalkenyl, which are optionally substituted as defined for formula (I).
In still another embodiment, R29, R30 and R31 are independently
hydrogen or
C1-6-alkyl, C3-8-cycloalkyl or C4.8-cycloalkenyl, which are optionally substituted as defined for formula (I).
In yet another embodiment, R29, R30 and R31 are independently
hydrogen or
Cι.6-alkyl, C3-8-cycloalkyl or C4-8-cycloalkenyl,
■ which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, -CN, -CF3, -OCF3, -NO2, -OR34, -NR3 R35 and C^-alky!,
■ wherein R34 and R35 independently are hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl or aryl, or R34 and R35 when attached to the same nitrogen atom together with the said nitrogen atom may form a 3 to 8 membered heterocyclic ring optionally containing one or two further heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and optionally containing one or two double bonds.
In another embodiment, R and R are both hydrogen, and R is different from hydrogen.
In still another embodiment, R29 and R31 are both hydrogen, and R30 is C3-8-cycloalkyl or C4.8-cycloalkenyl,
■ which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, -CN, -CF3, -OCF3, -NO2) -OR34, -NR34R35 and C^-alky!,
■ wherein R and R independently are hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl or aryl,
■ or R34 and R35 when attached to the same nitrogen atom together with the said nitrogen atom may form a 3 to 8 membered heterocyclic ring optionally containing one or two further heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and optionally containing one or two double bonds.
In yet a further embodiment, R29 and R31 are both hydrogen, and R30 is C4-8-cycloalkenyl,
■ which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, -CN, -CF3, -OCF3, -NO2, -OR34, -NR34R35 and C1-6-alkyl,
■ wherein R34 and R35 independently are hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl or aryl,
■ or R34 and R35 when attached to the same nitrogen atom together with the said nitrogen atom may form a 3 to 8 membered heterocyclic ring optionally containing one or two further heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and optionally containing one or two double bonds.
In still a further embodiment R29 and R31 are both hydrogen, and R30 is cyclohexenyl,
■ which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, -CN, -CF3, -OCF3, -NO2, -OR34, -NR34R35 and C1-6-alkyl, ■ wherein R34 and R35 independently are hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl or aryl,
■ or R34 and R35 when attached to the same nitrogen atom together with the said nitrogen atom may form a 3 to 8 membered heterocyclic ring optionally containing one or two further heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and optionally containing one or two double bonds.
In another embodiment, R30 is substituted with one C1-6-alkyl substituent, such as ferf-butyl or methyl.
In still another embodiment, R29, R30 and R31 are independently hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C3-8-cycloalkyl or C4-8-cycloalkenyl.
In yet another embodiment, R29 and R31 are both hydrogen and R30 is C-|.6-alkyl, C3-8-cycloalkyl or C4-8-cycloalkenyl, such as terf-butyl, cyclohexyl or cyclohexenyl.
In one embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of the general formula ( ):
Figure imgf000033_0001
wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, X, D and E are as defined for formula (I) or in any one of the preceding embodiments.
In one embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of the general formula (l2):
Figure imgf000033_0002
wherein R\ R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, D and E are as defined for formula (I) or in any one of the preceding embodiments.
In one embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of the general formula (l3):
Figure imgf000034_0001
wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R15, R16, R17, R29, R30, and R31 are as defined for formula (I) or in any one of the preceding embodiments.
In one embodiment of the formulae (I,), (l2) and (l3), R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7 and R8 are hydrogen.
In one embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of the general formula (l4):
Figure imgf000034_0002
wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R7, R8, X, D and E are as defined for formula (I) or in any one of the preceding embodiments. In one embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of the general formula (l5):
Figure imgf000035_0001
wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R7, R8, D and E are as defined for formula (I) or in any one of the preceding embodiments.
In one embodiment of the formulae (l4) and (l5), R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R7 and R8 are hydrogen.
The compounds of the present invention may have one or more asymmetric centres and it is intended that any optical isomers, as separated, pure or partially purified optical isomers or racemic mixtures thereof are included within the scope of the invention.
Furthermore, when a double bond or a fully or partially saturated ring system is present in the molecule geometric isomers may be formed. It is intended that any geometric isomers, as separated, pure or partially purified geometric isomers or mixtures thereof are included within the scope of the invention. Likewise, molecules having a bond with restricted rotation may form geometric isomers. These are also intended to be included within the scope of the present invention.
Furthermore, some of the compounds of the present invention may exist in different tautomeric forms and it is intended that any tautomeric forms that the compounds are able to form are included within the scope of the present invention.
The present invention also encompasses pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the present compounds. Such salts include pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts, pharmaceutically acceptable metal salts, ammonium and alkylated ammonium salts. Acid addition salts include salts of inorganic acids as well as organic acids. Representative examples of suitable inorganic acids include hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydroiodic, phosphoric, sulfuric, nitric acids and the like. Representative examples of suitable organic acids include formic, acetic, trichloroacetic, trifluoroacetic, propionic, benzoic, cinnamic, citric, fumaric, glycolic, lactic, maleic, malic, malonic, mandelic, oxalic, picric, pyruvic, salicylic, succinic, methane- sulfonic, ethanesulfonic, tartaric, ascorbic, pamoic, bismethylene salicylic, ethanedisulfonic, gluconic, citraconic, aspartic, stearic, palmitic, EDTA, glycolic, p-aminobenzoic, glutamic, benzenesulfonic, p-toluenesulfonic acids and the like. Further examples of pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic or organic acid addition salts include the pharmaceutically acceptable salts listed in J. Pharm. Sci. 1977, 66, 2, which is incorporated herein by reference. Examples of metal salts include lithium, sodium, potassium, magnesium salts and the like. Examples of ammonium and alkylated ammonium salts include ammonium, methyl-, dimethyl-, trimethyl-, ethyl-, hydroxyethyl-, diethyl-, n-butyl-, sec-butyl-, terf-butyl-, tetramethylammonium salts and the like.
Also intended as pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts are the hydrates, which the present compounds, are able to form.
Furthermore, the pharmaceutically acceptable salts comprise basic amino acid salts such as lysine, arginine and ornithine.
The acid addition salts may be obtained as the direct products of compound synthesis. In the alternative, the free base may be dissolved in a suitable solvent containing the appropriate acid, and the salt isolated by evaporating the solvent or otherwise separating the salt and solvent.
The compounds of the present invention may form solvates with standard low molecular weight solvents using methods well known to the person skilled in the art. Such solvates are also contemplated as being within the scope of the present invention.
The invention also encompasses prodrugs of the present compounds, which on administration undergo chemical conversion by metabolic processes before becoming pharmacologically active substances. In general, such prodrugs will be functional derivatives of the compounds of the general formula (I), which are readily convertible in vivo into the required com- pound of the formula (I). Conventional procedures for the selection and preparation of suitable prodrug derivatives are described, for example, in "Design of Prodrugs", ed. H. Bund- gaard, Elsevier, 1985.
The invention also encompasses active metabolites of the present compounds. The compounds according to the present invention act to antagonize the action of glucagon and are accordingly useful for the treatment and/or prevention of disorders and diseases in which such an antagonism is beneficial.
Accordingly, the present compounds may be applicable for the treatment and/or prevention of hyperglycemia, IGT (impaired glucose tolerance), insulin resistance syndromes, syndrome X, Type 1 diabetes, Type 2 diabetes, hyperlipidemia, dyslipidemia, hypertriglyceridemia, hyperlipo- proteinemia, hypercholesterolemia, arteriosclerosis including atherosclerosis, glucagonomas, acute pancreatitis, cardiovascular diseases, hypertension, cardiac hypertrophy, gastrointestinal disorders, obesity, diabetes as a consequence of obesity, diabetic dyslipidemia, etc.
Furthermore, they may be applicable as diagnostic agents for identifying patients having a defect in the glucagon receptor, as a therapy to increase gastric acid secretions and to reverse intestinal hypomobility due to glucagon administration.
Accordingly, in a further aspect the invention relates to a compound according to the invention for use as a medicament.
The invention also relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising, as an active ingredi- ent, at least one compound according to the invention together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients.
The pharmaceutical composition is preferably in unit dosage form comprising from about 0.05 mg to about 1000 mg, preferably from about 0.1 mg to about 500 mg and especially preferred from about 0.5 mg to about 200 mg of the compound according to the invention.
Furthermore, the invention relates to the use of a compound according to the invention for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment and/or prevention of a disorder or disease, wherein a glucagon antagonistic action is beneficial.
The invention also relates to a method for the treatment and/or prevention of disorders or diseases, wherein a glucagon antagonistic action is beneficial the method comprising administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of a compound according to the invention. In a preferred embodiment of the invention the present compounds are used for the preparation of a medicament for the treatment and/or prevention of any glucagon-mediated conditions and diseases.
In a preferred embodiment of the invention the present compounds are used for the preparation of a medicament for the treatment and/or prevention of hyperglycemia.
In yet a preferred embodiment of the invention the present compounds are used for the preparation of a medicament for lowering blood glucose in a mammal.
In another preferred embodiment of the invention the present compounds are used for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment and/or prevention of IGT.
In still another preferred embodiment of the invention the present compounds are used for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment and/or prevention of Type 2 diabetes.
In yet another preferred embodiment of the invention the present compounds are used for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the delaying or prevention of the pro- gression from IGT to Type 2 diabetes.
In yet another preferred embodiment of the invention the present compounds are used for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the delaying or prevention of the progression from non-insulin requiring Type 2 diabetes to insulin requiring Type 2 diabetes.
In a further preferred embodiment of the invention the present compounds are used for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment and/or prevention of Type 1 diabetes. Such treatment and/or prevention is normally accompanied by insulin therapy.
In a further preferred embodiment of the invention the present compounds are used for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment and/or prevention of obesity.
In yet a further preferred embodiment of the invention the present compounds are used for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment and/or prevention of disor- ders of the lipid metabolism, such as dyslipidemia. In still a further embodiment of the invention the present compounds are used for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment and/or prevention of an appetite regulation or energy expenditure disorder.
In a further aspect of the invention the present compounds are combined with diet and/or exercise.
In yet a further aspect of the invention the present compounds are administered in combina- tion with one or more further active substances in any suitable ratios. Such further active agents may be selected from antidiabetic agents, antihyperlipidemic agents, antiobesity agents, antihypertensive agents and agents for the treatment of complications resulting from or associated with diabetes.
Suitable antidiabetic agents comprise insulin, insulin analogues and derivatives such as those disclosed in EP 792 290 (Novo Nordisk A/S), eg NεB29-tetradecanoyl des (B30) human insulin, EP 214 826 and EP 705 275 (Novo Nordisk A/S), eg AspB28 human insulin, US 5,504,188 (Eli Lilly), eg LysB28 ProB29 human insulin, EP 368 187 (Aventis), eg Lantus, which are all incorporated herein by reference, GLP-1 derivatives such as those disclosed in WO 98/08871 (Novo Nordisk A/S), which is incorporated herein by reference, as well as orally active hypoglycaemic agents.
The orally active hypoglycaemic agents preferably comprise imidazolines, sulphonylureas, biguanides, meglitinides, oxadiazolidinediones, thiazolidinediones, glucosidase inhibitors, glucagon antagonists, GLP-1 agonists, agents acting on the ATP-dependent potassium channel of the β-cells eg potassium channel openers such as those disclosed in WO 97/26265, WO 99/03861 and WO 00/37474 (Novo Nordisk A/S) which are incorporated herein by reference, or nateglinide or potassium channel blockers such as BTS-67582, insulin sensitizers, DPP-IV (dipeptidyl peptidase-IV) inhibitors, PTPase inhibitors, inhibitors of hepatic enzymes involved in stimulation of gluconeogenesis and/or glycogenolysis, glucose uptake modulators, GSK-3 (glycogen synthase kinase-3) inhibitors, compounds modifying the lipid metabolism such as antihyperlipidemic agents and antilipidemic agents, compounds lowering food intake, PPAR (peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor) and RXR (retinoid X receptor) agonists such as ALRT-268, LG-1268 or LG-1069. In one embodiment of the invention the present compounds are administered in combination with insulin or an insulin analogue or derivative, such as NεB29-tetradecanoyl des (B30) human insulin, AspB28 human insulin, LysB28 ProB29 human insulin, Lantus, or a mix- preparation comprising one or more of these.
In a further embodiment of the invention the present compounds are administered in combination with a sulphonylurea eg tolbutamide, chlorpropamide, tolazamide, glibenclamide, glyburide, glipizide or glicazide.
In another embodiment of the invention the present compounds are administered in combination with a biguanide eg metformin.
In yet another embodiment of the invention the present compounds are administered in combination with a meglitinide eg repaglinide or nateglinide.
In still another embodiment of the invention the present compounds are administered in combination with a thiazolidinedione insulin sensitizer eg troglitazone, ciglitazone, pioglita- zone, rosiglitazone, isaglitazone, darglitazone, englitazone, CS-011/CI-1037 or T174 or the compounds disclosed in WO 97/41097, WO 97/41119, WO 97/41120, WO 00/41121 and WO 98/45292 (Dr. Reddy's Research Foundation).
In still another embodiment of the invention the present compounds may be administered in combination with an insulin sensitizer such as Gl 262570, YM-440, MCC-555, JTT-501 , AR-H039242, KRP-297, GW-409544, CRE-16336, AR-H049020, LY510929, MBX-102, CLX-0940, GW-501516 or the compounds disclosed in WO 99/19313, WO 00/50414, WO 00/63191 , WO 00/63192, WO 00/63193 (Dr. Reddy's Research Foundation) and WO 00/23425, WO 00/23415, WO 00/23451 , WO 00/23445, WO 00/23417, WO 00/23416, WO 00/63153, WO 00/63196, WO 00/63209, WO 00/63190 and WO 00/63189 (Novo Nordisk A/S).
In a further embodiment of the invention the present compounds are administered in combination with an α-glucosidase inhibitor eg voglibose, emiglitate, miglitol or acarbose.
In another embodiment of the invention the present compounds are administered in combination with an agent acting on the ATP-dependent potassium channel of the β-cells eg tolbutamide, chlorpropamide, tolazamide, glibenclamide, glyburide, glipizide, glicazide, BTS- 67582, repaglinide or nateglinide.
In still another embodiment of the invention the present compounds are administered in combination with an antihyperlipidemic agent or antilipidemic agent eg cholestyramine, colestipol, clofibrate, gemfibrozil, lovastatin, pravastatin, simvastatin, probucol or dextrothy- roxine.
In another aspect of the invention, the present compounds are administered in combination with more than one of the above-mentioned compounds eg in combination with metformin and a sulphonylurea such as glibenclamide or glyburide; a sulphonylurea and acarbose; metformin and a meglitinide such as repaglinide; acarbose and metformin; a sulfonylurea, metformin and troglitazone; a sulfonylurea, metformin and pioglitazone; a sulfonylurea, metformin and an insulin sensitizer such as disclosed in WO 00/63189 or WO 97/41097; a me- glitinide such as repaglinide, metformin and troglitazone; a meglitinide such as repaglinide, metformin and pioglitazone; a meglitinide such as repaglinide, metformin and an insulin sensitizer such as disclosed in WO 00/63189 or WO 97/41097; insulin and a sulfonylurea; insulin and a meglitinide such as repaglinide; insulin and metformin; insulin, metformin and a meglitinide such as repaglinide; insulin, metformin and a sulfonylurea; insulin and troglitazone; in- sulin and pioglitazone; insulin and an insulin sensitizer such as such as disclosed in
WO 00/63189 or WO 97/41097; insulin and lovastatin; an insulin analogue or derivative, metformin and a meglitinide such as repaglinide; an insulin analogue or derivative, metformin and a sulfonylurea; an insulin analogue or derivative and troglitazone; an insulin analogue or derivative and pioglitazone; an insulin analogue or derivative and an insulin sensitizer such as disclosed in WO 00/63189 or WO 97/41097; an insulin analogue or derivative and lovastatin; etc.
Furthermore, the compounds according to the invention may be administered in combination with one or more antiobesity agents or appetite regulating agents.
Such agents may be selected from the group consisting of CART (cocaine amphetamine regulated transcript) agonists, NPY (neuropeptide Y) antagonists, MC4 (melanocortin 4) agonists, orexin antagonists, TNF (tumor necrosis factor) modulators, CRF (corticotropin releasing factor) agonists, CRF BP (corticotropin releasing factor binding protein) antagonists, urocortin agonists, β3 adrenergic agonists such as CL-316243, AJ-9677, GW-0604, LY362884, LY377267 or AZ-40140, MSH (melanocyte-stimulating hormone) agonists, MCH (melanocyte-concentrating hormone) antagonists, CCK (cholecystokinin) agonists, serotonin re-uptake inhibitors such as fluoxetine, seroxat or citalopram, serotonin and noradrenaline re- uptake inhibitors, 5HT (serotonin) agonists, bombesin agonists, galanin antagonists, growth hormone, growth hormone releasing compounds, TRH (thyreotropin releasing hormone) agonists, UCP 2 or 3 (uncoupling protein 2 or 3) modulators, leptin agonists, DA (dopamine) agonists (bromocriptin, doprexin), lipase/amylase inhibitors, PPAR modulators, RXR modulators or TR β agonists.
In one embodiment of the invention the antiobesity agent is leptin.
In another embodiment of the invention the antiobesity agent is dexamphetamine or amphetamine.
In another embodiment of the invention the antiobesity agent is fenfluramine or dexfenfluramine.
In still another embodiment of the invention the antiobesity agent is sibutramine.
In a further embodiment of the invention the antiobesity agent is orlistat.
In another embodiment of the invention the antiobesity agent is mazindol or phentermine.
Furthermore, the present compounds may be administered in combination with one or more antihypertensive agents. Examples of antihypertensive agents are β-blockers such as alprenolol, atenolol, timolol, pindolol, propranolol and metoprolol, ACE (angiotensin converting enzyme) inhibitors such as benazepril, captopril, enalapril, fosinopril, lisinopril, quinapril and ramipril, calcium channel blockers such as nifedipine, felodipine, nicardipine, isradipine, nimodipine, diltiazem and verapamil, and α-blockers such as doxazosin, urapidil, prazosin and terazosin. Further reference can be made to Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 19th Edition, Gennaro, Ed., Mack Publishing Co., Easton, PA, 1995.
It should be understood that any suitable combination of the compounds according to the invention with diet and/or exercise, one or more of the above-mentioned compounds and optionally one or more other active substances are considered to be within the scope of the present invention. PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS
The compounds of the invention may be administered alone or in combination with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients, in either single or multiple doses. The pharmaceu- tical compositions according to the invention may be formulated with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or diluents as well as any other known adjuvants and excipients in accordance with conventional techniques such as those disclosed in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 19th Edition, Gennaro, Ed., Mack Publishing Co., Easton, PA, 1995.
The pharmaceutical compositions may be specifically formulated for administration by any suitable route such as the oral, rectal, nasal, pulmonary, topical (including buccal and sublin- gual), transdermal, intracistemal, intraperitoneal, vaginal and parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, intrathecal, intravenous and intradermal) route, the oral route being preferred. It will be appreciated that the preferred route will depend on the general condition and age of the subject to be treated, the nature of the condition to be treated and the active ingredient chosen.
Pharmaceutical compositions for oral administration include solid dosage forms such as capsules, tablets, dragees, pills, lozenges, powders and granules. Where appropriate, they can be prepared with coatings such as enteric coatings or they can be formulated so as to provide controlled release of the active ingredient such as sustained or prolonged release according to methods well known in the art.
Liquid dosage forms for oral administration include solutions, emulsions, suspensions, syr- ups and elixirs.
Pharmaceutical compositions for parenteral administration include sterile aqueous and non- aqueous injectable solutions, dispersions, suspensions or emulsions as well as sterile powders to be reconstituted in sterile injectable solutions or dispersions prior to use. Depot in- jectable formulations are also contemplated as being within the scope of the present invention.
Other suitable administration forms include suppositories, sprays, ointments, cremes, gels, inhalants, dermal patches, implants etc. A typical oral dosage is in the range of from about 0.001 to about 100 mg/kg body weight per day, preferably from about 0.01 to about 50 mg/kg body weight per day, and more preferred from about 0.05 to about 10 mg/kg body weight per day administered in one or more dosages such as 1 to 3 dosages. The exact dosage will depend upon the frequency and mode of administration, the sex, age, weight and general condition of the subject treated, the nature and severity of the condition treated and any concomitant diseases to be treated and other factors evident to those skilled in the art.
The formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form by methods known to those skilled in the art. A typical unit dosage form for oral administration one or more times per day such as 1 to 3 times per day may contain from 0.05 to about 1000 mg, preferably from about 0.1 to about 500 mg, and more preferred from about 0.5 mg to about 200 mg.
For parenteral routes such as intravenous, intrathecal, intramuscular and similar administration, typically doses are in the order of about half the dose employed for oral administration.
The compounds of this invention are generally utilized as the free substance or as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. One example is a base addition salt of a compound having the utility of a free acid. When a compound of the formula (I) contains a free acid such salts are prepared in a conventional manner by treating a solution or suspension of a free acid of the formula (I) with a chemical equivalent of a pharmaceutically acceptable base. Representative examples are mentioned above.
For parenteral administration, solutions of the novel compounds of the formula (I) in sterile aqueous solution, aqueous propylene glycol, aqueous vitamin E or sesame or peanut oil may be employed. Such aqueous solutions should be suitably buffered if necessary and the liquid diluent first rendered isotonic with sufficient saline or glucose. The aqueous solutions are particularly suitable for intravenous, intramuscular, subcutaneous and intraperitoneal administration. The sterile aqueous media employed are all readily available by standard techniques known to those skilled in the art.
Suitable pharmaceutical carriers include inert solid diluents or fillers, sterile aqueous solution and various organic solvents. Examples of solid carriers are lactose, terra alba, sucrose, cyclodextrin, talc, gelatine, agar, pectin, acacia, magnesium stearate, stearic acid and lower alkyl ethers of cellulose. Examples of liquid carriers are syrup, peanut oil, olive oil, phospho- lipids, fatty acids, fatty acid amines, polyoxyethylene and water. Similarly, the carrier or diluent may include any sustained release material known in the art, such as glyceryl mono- stearate or glyceryl distearate, alone or mixed with a wax. The pharmaceutical compositions formed by combining the novel compounds of the formula (I) and the pharmaceutically accept- able carriers are then readily administered in a variety of dosage forms suitable for the disclosed routes of administration. The formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form by methods known in the art of pharmacy.
Formulations of the present invention suitable for oral administration may be presented as dis- crete units such as capsules or tablets, each containing a predetermined, amount of the active ingredient, and which may include a suitable excipient. Furthermore, the orally available formulations may be in the form of a powder or granules, a solution or suspension in an aqueous or non-aqueous liquid, or an oil-in-water or water-in-oil liquid emulsion.
If a solid carrier is used for oral administration, the preparation may be tabletted, placed in a hard gelatine capsule in powder or pellet form or it can be in the form of a troche or lozenge. The amount of solid carrier will vary widely but will usually be from about 25 mg to about 1 g. If a liquid carrier is used, the preparation may be in the form of a syrup, emulsion, soft gelatine capsule or sterile injectable liquid such as an aqueous or non-aqueous liquid suspension or solution.
A typical tablet that may be prepared by conventional tabletting techniques may contain:
Core: Active compound (as free compound or salt thereof) 5.0 mg
Lactosum Ph. Eur. 67.8 mg
Cellulose, microcryst. (Avicel) 31.4 mg
Amberlite® IRP88* 1.0 mg
Magnesii stearas Ph. Eur. q.s.
Coating:
Hydroxypropyl methylcellulose approx. 9 mg
Mywacett 9-40 T** approx. 0.9 mg
* Polacrillin potassium NF, tablet disintegrant, Rohm and Haas. ** Acylated monoglyceride used as plasticizer for film coating.
If desired, the pharmaceutical composition of the invention may comprise the compound of the formula (I) in combination with further pharmacologically active substances such as those described in the foregoing.
EXAMPLES
The following examples and general procedures refer to intermediate compounds and final products identified in the specification and in the synthesis schemes. The preparation of the compounds of the present invention is described in detail using the following examples, but the chemical reactions described are disclosed in terms of their general applicability to the preparation of the glucagon antagonists of the invention. Occasionally, the reaction may not be applicable as described to each compound included within the disclosed scope of the invention. The compounds for which this occurs will be readily recognised by those skilled in the art. In these cases the reactions can be successfully performed by conventional modifications known to those skilled in the art, that is, by appropriate protection of interfering groups, by changing to other conventional reagents, or by routine modification of reaction conditions. Alternatively, other reactions disclosed herein or otherwise conventional will be applicable to the preparation of the corresponding compounds of the invention. In all preparative methods, all starting materials are known or may easily be prepared from known starting materials. All temperatures are set forth in degrees Celsius and unless otherwise indicated, all parts and percentages are by weight when referring to yields and all parts are by volume when referring to solvents and eluents.
Some of the NMR data shown in the following examples are only selected data.
In the examples and pharmacological methods the following terms are intended to have the following meanings:
DCM: dichloromethane
DMF: Λ/,/V-dimethylformamide
DMSO: dimethyl sulphoxide
M.p melting point
TFA: trifluoroacetic acid
THF tetrahydrofuran EDAC: 1 -ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride
HOBt: 1-hydroxybenzotriazole
HOAt: 3-hydroxy-3H-[ ,2,3]triazolo[4,5-ι ]pyridine, also denoted 1- hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole
EGTA: ethylene glycol bis(β-aminoethyl ether) Λ/,Λ/,Λ/'Λ/'-tetracetic acid
BSA: N, O-bis(trimethylsilyl)acetimidate
IBMX: isobutylmethylxanthine
HPLC-MS (Method A)
The following instrumentation was used:
• Sciex API 100 Single quadropole mass spectrometer
• Perkin Elmer Series 200 Quard pump
• Perkin Elmer Series 200 autosampler
• Applied Biosystems 785A UV detector
• Sedex 55 evaporative light scattering detector
• A Valco column switch with a Valco actuator controlled by timed events from the pump.
The Sciex Sample control software running on a Macintosh PowerPC 7200 computer was used for the instrument control and data acquisition.
The HPLC pump was connected to four eluent reservoirs containing: acetonitrile water
0.5% TFA in water
0.02 M ammonium acetate
The requirements for samples are that they contain approximately 500 μg/mL of the compound to be analysed in an acceptable solvent such as methanol, ethanol, acetonitrile, THF, water and mixtures thereof. (High concentrations of strongly eluting solvents will interfere with the chromatography at low acetonitrile concentrations.)
The analysis was performed at room temperature by injecting 20 μL of the sample solution on the column, which was eluted with a gradient of acetonitrile in either 0.05% TFA or 0.002 M ammonium acetate. Depending on the analysis method varying elution conditions were used.
The eluate from the column was passed through a flow splitting T-connector, which passed approximately 20 μL/min through approx. 1 m. 75 μ fused silica capillary to the API interface of API 100 spectrometer.
The remaining 1.48 mL/min was passed through the UV detector and to the ELS detector.
During the LC-analysis the detection data were acquired concurrently from the mass spec- trometer, the UV detector and the ELS detector.
The LC conditions, detector settings and mass spectrometer settings used for the different methods are given in the following table.
Figure imgf000048_0001
HPLC-MS (Method B)
The following instrumentation was used:
• Hewlett Packard series 1100 G1312A Bin Pump
• Hewlett Packard series 1100 Column compartment • Hewlett Packard series 1100 G13 15A DAD diode array detector
• Hewlett Packard series 1100 MSD
The instrument was controlled by HP Chemstation software.
The HPLC pump was connected to two eluent reservoirs containing: A: 0.01 % TFA in water
B: 0.01 % TFA in acetonitrile The analysis was performed at 40 °C by injecting an appropriate volume of the sample (preferably 1 μL) onto the column, which was eluted with a gradient of acetonitrile.
The HPLC conditions, detector settings and mass spectrometer settings used are given in the following table.
Figure imgf000049_0001
HPLC-MS (Method C)
The following instrumentation was used: • Hewlett Packard series 1100 G1312A Bin Pump
• Hewlett Packard series 1100 G13 15A DAD diode array detector
• Sciex 300 triplequadropole mass spectrometer
• Gilson 215 micro injector
• Sedex 55 evaporative light scattering detector
Pumps and detectors were controlled by MassChrom 1.1.1 software running on a Macintosh G3 computer. Gilson Unipoint Version 1.90 controls the auto-injector.
The HPLC pump was connected to two eluent reservoirs containing:
A: 0.01% TFA in water
B: 0.01 % TFA in acetonitrile
The analysis was performed at room temperature by injecting an appropriate volume of the sample (preferably 1 μL) onto the column that was eluted with a gradient of acetonitrile. The HPLC conditions, detector settings and mass spectrometer settings are given in the following table.
Figure imgf000050_0001
Preparation of building blocks used in the following examples
Building block 1: (RS)-lsoserine ethyl ester hvdrochloride
Dry ethanol (40 mL) was cooled on an ice bath and thionyl chloride (4 mL) was added drop- wise maintaining the temperature below 5 °C. To this cold solution was added (RS)-isoserine (2.5 g, 23.79 mmol) and stirring was continued until a homogeneous solution was obtained. The ice bath was removed and stirring was continued for 17 hours at room temperature. The solution was concentrated in vacuo to afford 4.0 g (100%) of (RS)-isoserine ethyl ester hy- drochloride as an oil.
1H-NMR (DMSO-c/6): 51.22 (t, 3H), 3.00 (dm, 2H), 4.15 (q, 2H), 4.40 (dd, 1 H), 6.30 (br s, 1 H), 8.32 (br s, 2H). 13C-NMR (DMSO-c 6): 514.7 (q), 42.4 (t), 61.7 (t), 67.7 (d), 171 (s).
Building block 2: (R)-lsoserine ethyl ester hvdrochloride
Step A: (RH2,2-Dimethyl-5-oxo-H .3ldioxolan-4-vDacetic acid To a suspension of D-(+)-malic acid (15. O g, 0.1119 mol) in dry toluene (150 mL) was added 2,2-dimethoxypropane (50 mL, 0.392 mmol). The mixture was refluxed at 100 °C for 2 hours and evaporated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in diethyl ether (150 mL) and subjected to flash column chromatography using diethyl ether as eluent (200 mL). The pure fractions were pooled and evaporated in vacuo and the residue was stirred in n-hexane. The precipi- tate was collected, washed with n-hexane and dried to afford 15.7 g (81 %) of (R)-(2,2-di- methyl-5-oxo-[1 ,3]dioxolan-4-yl)acetic acid as a solid.
1H-NMR (Acetone-c/e): δ 1.57 (ds, 6H), 2.85 (m, 2H), 4.80 (dd, 1H), 11.0 (br s, 1H). 13C-NMR (Acetone-αy: δ 25.9 (q), 26.8 (q), 36.2 (t), 71.5 (d), 111.2 (s), 170.7 (s), 172.7 (s). Microanalysis: Calculated for C7Hι0O5: C, 48.28%; H, 5.79%. Found: C, 48.31 %; H, 6.09%.
Step B: (R)-(2,2-Dimethyl-5-oxo-f1 ,31dioxolan-4-ylmethyl)carbamic acid benzyl ester A mixture of (R)-(2,2-dimethyl-5-oxo-[1 ,3]dioxolan-4-yl)acetic acid (10.0 g, 57.41 mmol), triethylamine (10 mL, 68.89 mmol) and diphenylphosphoryl azide (14 mL, 63.15 mmol) in dry toluene (100 mL) was heated and stirred at 85 °C. When the gas evolution had ceased stir- ring was continued for an additional hour. Dry benzyl alcohol (6.3 mL, 63.15 mmol) was added and heating was continued for 17 hours. After evaporation in vacuo, the residue was partitioned between dichloromethane, water and brine. The aqueous phase was further extracted twice with dichloromethane. The combined organic phases were washed twice with saturated sodium hydrogen carbonate. After drying (magnesium sulphate), filtration, and concentration in vacuo of the organic phase, the residue was subjected to flash column chromatography with dichloromethane as eluent. This afforded 6.4 g (40%) of (R)-(2,2-di- methyl-5-oxo-[1 ,3]dioxolan-4-ylmethyl)carbamic acid benzyl ester as an oil.
1H-NMR (Acetone- 6): 51.56 (s, 6H), 3.61 (m, 2H), 4.64 (dd, 1 H), 5.08 (dd, 2H), 6.51 (br s, 1 H), 7.29-7.38 (m, 5H).
Step C: (R)-3-Benzyloxycarbonylamino-2-hvdroxypropionic acid
To a solution of (R)-(2,2-dimethyl-5-oxo-[1,3]dioxolan-4-ylmethyl)carbamic acid benzyl ester
(6.0 g, 25.08 mmol) in acetonitrile (100 mL) was added hydrochloric acid, (1 N, 100 mL). The mixture was stirred for 3 hours at 40 °C and concentrated in vacuo to half the original volume. The solid was collected by filtration and washed with water. The crude product was stirred for 5 min in acetone (100 mL) and filtered. Toluene was added to the clear and colorless filtrate and the whole was concentrated in vacuo until a precipitate was obtained. The precipitate was collected by filtration and dried to afford 4.45 g (87%) of (R)-3-benzyloxy- carbonylamino-2-hydroxypropionic acid.
1H-NMR(Acetone-d6): 53.45 (ddd, 1 H), 3.58 (ddd, 1 H), 4.29 (dd, 1H), 5.08 (s, 2H), 6.41 (br s, 1H), 7.29-7.38 (m, 5H). 13C-NMR (Acetone-d6): 545.1 (t), 66.4 (t), 70.4 (d), 128.3 (d), 128.9 (d), 138.0 (d), 157.2 (s), 173.8 (s); HPLC-MS (Method C): m/z = 262 (M+Na+); Rt = 2.20 min. M.p. 131-132 0C. Microanalysis: Calculated for C-ιιH13NO5: C, 55.23%; H, 5.48%; N, 5.85%. Found: C, 55.35%; H, 5.72%; N, 5.82%.
Step D: (R)-lsoserine
(R)-3-Benzyloxycarbonylamino-2-hydroxypropionic acid (4.4 g, 18.39 mmol) was dissolved in absolute ethanol (150 mL). Under a nitrogen atmosphere palladium on activated carbon (10 %, 0.5 g) was added, and the mixture was hydrogenated at 1 atmosphere for 17 hours. The catalyst was filtered off and washed with water. The combined filtrate and washings were concentrated to about 20 mL by evaporation in vacuo. A precipitate was obtained by drop- wise addition of methanol (100 mL). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with methanol and dried to afford 1.78 g (92%) of (R)-isoserine as a solid.
1H-NMR (D2O): δ 3.07 (dd, 1 H), 3.30 (dd, 1 H), 4.19 (dd, 1H). 13C-NMR (D2O): δ 43.0 (t), 68.9 (d), 177.5 (s). M.p. 200-201 °C.
Step E: (R)-lsoserine ethyl ester hvdrochloride
The compound was prepared in analogy with the method outlined above for (RS)-isoserine ethyl ester hydrochloride.
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): 51.22 (t, 3H), 2.88 (dd, 1 H), 3.10 (dd, 1 H), 4.14 (q, 2H), 4.40 (m, 1H), 6.32 (d, 1 H), 8.28 (br s, 2H). 13C-NMR (DMSO-d6): 513.9 (q), 41.4 (t), 60.7 (t), 66.9 (d), 170.9 (s).
Building block 3: (S)-2,2-Dimethyl-5-oxo-ri ,31dioxolan-4-ylmethylammonium trifluoroacetate
Step A: (S)-(2,2-Dimethyl-5-oxo-H ,31dioxolan-4-yl)acetic acid To a suspension of L-malic acid (3 g, 22.4 mmol) in toluene (25 mL) was added 2,2-dimeth- oxypropane (8.5 g, 81 mmol). The suspension was heated to reflux for 20 min. The solvent was removed by evaporation in vacuo to afford (S)-(2,2-dimethyl-5-oxo [1 ,3]-4-yl)-acetic acid.
1H-NMR (DMSO-cfe): δ 1.52 (6H, d), 2.75 (2H, t), 4.78 (1 H, t), 12.52 (1 H, br s). Step B: (SH2τ2-Dimethyl-5-oxo-π ,31dioxolan-4-ylmethyl)carbamic acid benzyl ester
To (S)-(2,2-dimethyl-5-oxo-[1 ,3]dioxolan-4-yl)acetic acid (1 g, 5.7 mmol) and triethylamine
(0.66 g, 6.5 mmol) in toluene (20 mL) was added phosphorazidic acid diphenyl ester (1.7 g,
6.2 mmol). The solution was heated to reflux for 1 hour. Benzyl alcohol (0.54 g, 5 mmol) was added and reflux was maintained for additional 6 hours. After cooling, the solution was partitioned between ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL) and aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate (10%, 2 x 50 mL). The organic layers were collected, dried (sodium sulphate) and the solvent removed by evaporation in vacuo to afford 976 mg of crude (S)-(2,2-dimethyl-5-oxo-[1 ,3]dioxo- lan-4-ylmethyl)carbamic acid benzyl ester as an oil.
H-NMR (DMSO- 6): 51.53 (6H, d), 3.34 (1H, m), 3.50 (1 H, m), 4.50 (1 H, d), 4.64 (1H, t),
5.03 (2H, d), 7.32 (5H, m)
Step C: (S)-2.2-Dimethyl-5-oxo-F1 ,31dioxolan-4-ylmethylammonium trifluoroacetate The crude (S)-(2,2-dimethyl-5-oxo-[1 ,3]dioxolan-4-ylmethyl)carbamic acid benzyl ester (976 mg, 3.5 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (14 mL), and palladium (10% on activated charcoal, 300 mg) and 1 ,3-cyclohexadiene (2.8 g, 35 mmol) were added and the reaction was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature, and heated to 40 °C for 10 min. After filtration, TFA (0.4 g, 3.5 mmol) was added and the solvent was removed by evaporation to afford crude (S)-2,2-di- methyl-5-oxo-[1 ,3]dioxolan-4-ylmethylammonium trifluoroacetate as an oil.
1H-NMR (CDCI3): 51.46 (6H, d), 3.40-3.70 (2H, m), 4.38 (1 H, m), 7.25 (>4H, br s); HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 146 (M+); Rt = 0.38 min.
Building block 4: 3-Amino-2-fluoropropionic acid methyl ester Dry methanol (5.3 mL) was cooled to -15 °C on an ice bath and thionyl chloride (2.5 mL) was added dropwise maintaining the temperature below 5 °C. To this cold solution was added (RS)-3-amino-2- fluoropropionic acid (0.27 g, 2.52 mmol) and stirring was continued until a homogeneous solution was obtained. The ice bath was removed and stirring was continued for 17 hours at room temperature. The solution was concentrated in vacuo and further co-evaporated three times with dry methanol. The residue was filtered off, washed with DCM and dried to afford 0.13 g (33 %) of 3-amino-2-fluoropropionic acid methyl ester hydrochloride as a solid.
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): 53.36 (m, 2H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 5.51(d, 2H), 8.59 (br s, 3H). Building block 5: 3-Amino-2fR)-methoxypropionic acid methyl ester hvdrochloride
Step (A): (R)-2-Hydroxysuccinic acid dimethyl ester
To an ice cooled solution of methanol (250 mL) was added acetyl chloride (12.5 mL), and the solution was stirred for 1 hour at 0 °C. (RJ-Malic acid (20.0 g) was added, and the solution was stirred for 16 hours at room temperature. Solvent was removed by evaporation in vacuo leaving a quantitative yield of (R)-2-hydroxysuccinic acid dimethyl ester as an oil.
1H-NMR (CDCI3): 4.52 (dd, 1 H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 3.55 (bs, 1 H), 2.88 (dd, 1 H), 2.80 (dd, 1 H).
Step (B): (R)-2-Methoxysuccinic acid dimethyl ester
The above (R)-2-hydroxysuccinic acid dimethyl ester was re-dissolved in methyl iodide (100 mL), freshly prepared silver oxide (30.2 g) was added and the mixture was stirred for 24 hours at room temperature. The reaction mixture was diluted with acetonitrile (200 mL), and filtered through celite to remove silver salts and excess silver hydroxide. The filtrate was taken to dryness to leave (R)-2-methoxysuccinic acid dimethyl ester as an oil (23.2 g, 88 %).
1H-NMR (CDCI3): 54.20 (dd, 1 H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 3.48 (s, 3H), 2.80 (dd, 2H).
Step (C): (R)-2-Methoxysuccinic acid 1 -methyl ester
The above (R)-2-methoxysuccinic acid dimethyl ester was suspended in 2 N aqueous hydrochloric acid, and heated to reflux for 30 min to give a clear solution. Upon evaporation of solvent in vacuo a quantitative yield of 2(R)-methoxysuccinic acid was obtained as an oil. The oil was redissolved in acetic anhydride (120 mL) and heated to 110 °C for 2 hours. Solvent was removed by rotary evaporation to leave an oil. Ice cooled methanol (150 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 3 hours at 0 °C followed by 16 hours at room temperature. The solvent was removed to leave (R)-2-methoxysuccinic acid 1 -methyl ester.
1H-NMR (CDCI3): 510.30 (bs, 1 H), 4.19 (dd, 1 H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.50 (s, 3H), 2.86 (dd, 1 H), 2.78 (dd, 1 H).
Step (D): 3-fe/f-Butoxycarbonylamino-2(R)-methoχypropionic acid methyl ester Without further purification, the above (R)-2-methoxysuccinic acid 1 -methyl ester (5.0 g, 30.8 mmol) was dissolved in thionyl chloride (16 mL), and heated to reflux for 2 hours Thionyl chloride and traces thereof was removed by rotary evaporation followed by co-evaporation with acetonitrile.
1H-NMR (CDCI3): 53.27 (dd, 1H), 3.48 (dd, 1 H), 3.51 (s, 3H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 4.22 (dd, 1 H).
The neat acid chloride was dissolved in toluene (50 mL). Trimethylsilylazide (5.0 mL, 38.2 mmol) was added and the mixture was heated to 100 °C overnight. Then tenf-butanol (30 mL) was added, and heating was continued for an additional 16 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled and insoluble material was removed by filtration. The organic phase was washed with water (100 mL), saturated sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (100 mL), 10% citric acid solution (100 mL), water (100 mL) and saturated sodium chloride solution (100 mL), then dried over anhydrous sodium sulphate. Solvent was removed by rotary evaporation. The residual oil was further purified by column chromatography using 20 % ethyl acetate/heptane as eluent. Pure fractions (TLC plates were stained with ammonium molybdate/cerium sul- phate/sulphuric acid) were pooled and taken to dryness. The final yield of 3-fe/t-butoxy- carbonylamino-2(R)-methoxypropionic acid methyl ester was 600 mg (9 %).
1H-NMR (CDCI3): 56.93 (t, 1H), 3.83 (t, 1 H), 3.64 (s, 3H), 3.25 (s, 3H), 3.18 (dd, 2H), 1.36 (s, 9H).
Step (E): 3-Amino-2ff?)-methoxypropionic acid methyl ester hvdrochloride 3-te/t-Butoxycarbonylamino-2-methoxypropionic acid methyl ester (500 mg, 2 mmol) was dissolved in 10 % TFA in DCM (20 mL), and the reaction mixture was stirred at 30 min at ambient temperature. Solvent was removed and the residue co-evaporated twice from 30 mL of 1 N hydrochloric acid in ether. Yield: 320 mg (88 %).
1H-NMR (CDCI3): 58.25 ( s, 3H), 4.21 (dd, 1 H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 3.40 (s, 3H), 3.15 (m, 1 H), 2.98 (m, 1 H).
Building block 6: (R)-3-(9H-Fluoren-9-ylmethoxycarbonylamino)-2-hvdroxypropionic acid ((R)-Fmoc-isoserine
To (R)-(2,2-dimethyl-5-oxo[1 ,3]dioxolan-4-yl)acetic acid (5.88 g, 33.8 mmol) was added toluene (100 mL), triethylamine (4.7 mL, 33.8 mmol) and diphenoxyphosphoryl azide (8.0 mL, 37.2 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to a 100 °C and stirred under nitrogen at this temperature for 1.5 hour. 9-Fluorenemethanol (5.1 g, 26 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was refluxed for 6 hours. After cooling to room temperature the mixture was transferred to a separatory funnel and washed with water (2 x 50 mL). The solvent was removed in vacuo and co-evaporated with acetonitrile (100 mL). The remaining light brown oil was dissolved in DCM (20 mL) and purified on silica gel column with DCM as eluent. The DCM was removed by evaporation to yield a light yellow oil, which was redissolved in acetonitrile (150 mL) and aqueous hydrochloric acid was added (1 N, 75 mL). The yellow reaction mixture was stirred for 3 hours at room temperature. The solvent was removed in vacuo, toluene (100 mL) was added and the suspension was heated to reflux and allowed to cool to room temperature. (R)-Fmoc-isoserine (3.1 g, 28 %) was isolated as a powder by filtration. Mp: 165-166 °C.
1H-NMR (DMSO-c/6): 512.5 (br s, 1H), 7.90 (m, 2H), 7.70 (m, 2 H), 7.50-7.30 (m, 4 H), 5.45 (br s, 1 H), 4.23 (m, 3 H), 4.05 (m, 1 H), 3.17 (m, 1 H); HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 350 (M+Na); Rt = 3.20 min.
Building block 7: 3-(fer^ButyldimethylsilanyloxymethvO-4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl amine
Step A: 5-Nitro-2-trifluoromethoxybenzoic acid methyl ester
In a three-necked round bottom flask, equipped with a thermometer and a separatory funnel, HNO3 (5 mL fuming, 100%) was cooled in an ice bath. Methyl 2-(trifluoromethoxy)benzoate (5 g, 22.7 mmol) was slowly added to the cooled HNO3 within 0.5 hour while keeping the temperature below 15 °C. The reaction was then stirred at 60 °C for 1 hour and 2 hours at room temperature. The mixture was added to ice water and an oil separated. The oily residue was added water (50 mL), neutralised with an aqueous solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate and then extracted with ethyl acetate (25 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (15 mL) once more. The combined organic phases were washed with saturated sodium chloride (2 x 15 mL), dried (magnesium sulphate), and concentrated in vacuo to give 5.69 g of 5-nitro-2-trifluoromethoxybenzoic acid methyl ester.
1H-NMR (DMSO-de): 53.93 (3H, s), 7.82 (1 H, d), 8.58 (1H, d), 8.67 (1 H, s).
Step B: 5-Amino-2-trifluoromethoxybenzoic acid methyl ester
5-Nitro-2-trifluoromethoxybenzoic acid methyl ester (5.69 g, 21.5 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol 99.9% (80 mL) and added stannous(ll)chloride dihydrate (24.2 g, 107 mmol). The suspension was stirred at 75 °C for 2 hours and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was added ethyl acetate (100 mL) and water (50 mL) and pH was adjusted to pH 8 with 4 N sodium hydroxide (50 mL). The liquid was decanted from the fine precipitation, which occurred, and the precipitate was washed with ethyl acetate and decanted twice. The combinde organic phases were washed with water: saturated sodium chloride (1 :1 ) solution (2 x 100 mL), dried (magnesium sulphate) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography (120 g silica) using ethyl acetate:heptane (1 :1 ) as eluent to give 3.8 g of 5-amino-2-trifluoromethoxybenzoic acid methyl ester.
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): 53.82 (3H,s), 5.63 (2H, s), 6.79 (1 H, d), 7.07 (1H, s), 7.11 (1 H, d).
Step C: (5-Amino-2-trifluoromethoχyphenyl)methanol
5-Amino-2-trifluoromethoxybenzoic acid methyl ester (3.0 g, 12.8 mmol) was dissolved under nitrogen in THF (20 mL) in a three-necked flask equipped with a thermometer and a separatory funnel. With stirring and ice-cooling lithium aluminium hydride (1 M in THF, 15 mL) was added dropwise over 10 min. Stirring was continued at room temperature for 1 hour, and the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was suspended in DCM (150 mL) and water (50 mL), and filtered through celite. The filtrate was partitioned between DCM and water. The combined organic phases were washed with water (2 x 20 mL), dried (magnesium sulphate) and concentrated in vacuo to give 2.47 g of (5-amino-2-trifluoromethoxy- phenyl)methanol
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): 53.92 (2H, d), 5.18 (1 H, t), 5.28 (2H, s), 6.45 (1 H, d), 6.91 (1 H, d).
Step (D): 3-(.erf-ButyldimethylsilanyloxymethylV4-trifluoromethoxyphenylaniline (5-Amino-2-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)methanol (1.2 g, 5.8 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (5 mL) and imidazole (0.48 g, 7.1 mmol) and te/t-butyldimethylsilylchloride (0.99 g, 6.6 mmol) were added and the mixture was stirred for 6 hours. The reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL) and water (20 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted once more with ethyl acetate (20 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with water (10 mL), aque- ous citric acid (10 mL, 10%) and water (2 x 0 mL), dried (magnesium sulphate) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography (110 g, silica gel) using ethyl acetate and heptane (1 :3) as eluent to give 1.2 g of 3-(fetf-butyldimethylsilanyloxy- methyl)-4-trifluoromethoxyphenylaniline. 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): 50.82 (9H, s), 3.25 (6H, s), 4.52 (2H,s), 5.23 (2H, s), 6.41 (1 H, d), 6.61 (1 H, s), 6.86 (1 H,d).
Building block 8: 4-Cyclohex-1-enylaniline This compound was prepared similarly as described in J. v. Braun ef al., J. Liebigs Ann.
Chem., 472 (1929), 1-89, from refluxing aniline (2 equivalents), cyclohexanone (1 equivalent) in ethanol and 37% hydrochloric acid for 4-5 days, followed by addition of ethyl acetate, water, and sodium hydroxide, neutralisation with 85% phosphoric acid, phase separation, and distillation of the organic phase. The residue was added a catalytic amount of sulfuric acid and distilled (180°C, 5-7 mbar). The distillate was redistilled (120°C, 3 mbar) to afford (in the residue) the desired 4-cyclohex-1-enylaniline.
1H NMR (DMSO-de): 51.50-1.60 (m, 2H), 1.60-1.70 (m, 2H), 2.10-2.15 (m, 2H), 2.20-2.30 (brd s, 2H), 5.00 (s, 2H), 5.90 (t, 1 H), 6.50 (d, 2H), 7.10 (d, 2H).
Building block 9: 4-Cyclohexylaniline
This compound is commercially available (e.g. from Lancaster or Avocado).
Building block 10: 4-Cyclohexylcvclohexylamine The preparation of this compound is described in the literature, see H. Booth ef al., J. Chem. Soc. (B), 1971 , 1047-1050.
Building block 11 : 4-(2-Methylcyclohex-1-enyl)aniline and (R,S)-4-(6-methylcvclohex-1- envDaniline
Figure imgf000058_0001
A mixture of 2-methyl-cyclohexanone (112 g, 1 ,0 mol), aniline (186 g, 2 mol) and ethanol (26 mL) was stirred at room temperature and 12 M hydrochloric acid (167 mL) was added during 30 min. The dark yellow solution was refluxed at 85°C for seven days. The solution was cooled and diluted with ethyl acetate. The mixture was stirred in an ice bath and made alkaline (pH=9) with a 27% sodium hydroxide solution, keeping the temperature below 30°C. The organic layer was separated and washed with brine (3 x), dried over magnesium sulphate, and concentrated to give a brown oil (131 g). Excess of aniline was removed under reduced pressure. A catalytic amount of 12 M hydrochloric acid (1 mL) was added, and the residue was fractionated under high vacuum. The fraction distilling at 145-175°C (0,2 mmHg) was collected and subjected to column chromatography (silica gel) and eluated with 30% ethyl acetate/toluene to afford a 9:1 mixture (8.7 g) of 4-(2-methylcyclohex-1-enyl)aniline and (R,S)-4-(6-methylcyclohex-1-enyl)aniline, respectively.
4-(2-Methylcyclohex-1-enyl)aniline: 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 51 ,53 (s,3H), 1 ,61 (m,4H), 2,00 (bs,2H), 2,13 (bs,2H), 4,92 (s,2H), 6,50 (d,2H), 6,79 (d,2H); HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 188 (M+); Rt = 2,96 min.
(R,S)-4-(6-Methylcyclohex-1-enyl)aniline:
1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 50,88 (d,3H), 1 ,61 (m,4H), 2,00 (bs,2H), 2,13 (bs,2H), 2,74 (m,1 H), 4,92 (s,2H), 5,68 (t,1 H), 6,50 (d,2H), 6,79 (d,2H).
Building block 12: 4-(4-ferf-Butylcyclohex-1-envPaniline
Figure imgf000059_0001
4-(4-terf-Butylcyclohex-1-enyl)aniline was prepared in analogy to procedure for preparation of building block 1 1 using 4-ferf-butylcyclohexanone (0.59 mol) and aniline.
1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 50,88 (s,9H), 1 ,21 (m,2H), 1 ,90 (m,2H), 2,10-2,50 (m,3H), 4,97 (s,2H), 5,90 (m,1H), 6,50 (d,2H), 7,06 (d,2H); HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 230 (M+); Rt = 4,07 min. Building block 13: (R,S)-4-(5-Methylcvclohex-1-enyl)aniline and (R,S)-4-(3-methylcyclohex-1- envOaniline
Figure imgf000060_0001
A mixture of (R,S)-3-methylcyclohexanone (123 mL, 1.0 mol), aniline (182 mL, 2.0 mol), 12 M hydrochloric acid (167 mL, 2.0 mol), and ethanol (26 mL) was refluxed at 90 °C for ten days. The solution was cooled and diluted with ethyl acetate. The aqueous layer was made alkaline (pH=10) with a 6 M sodium hydroxide solution. The organic layer was separated and washed with brine (3 x), dried over magnesium sulphate, and concentrated to give a brown oil. Excess of aniline was removed under reduced pressure. A catalytic amount of 12 M hydrochloric acid (1 mL) was added, and the residue was fractionated under high vacuum. The fraction distilling at 123-128 °C (0.15-0.20 mmHg) was collected to afford 21.0 g of an oil. 1H-NMR showed presence of a 3:2 mixture of (R,S)-4-(5-methylcyclohex-1-enyl)aniline and (R,S)-4-(3-methylcyclohex-1-enyl)aniline, respectively.
(R,S)-4-(5-Methylcyclohex-1-enyl)aniline:
1H NMR (DMSO-de): 51.00 (d, 3H), 1.45-1.95 (m, 3H), 2.10-2.45 (m, 3H), 5.04 (s, 2H), 5.86
(t, 1 H), 6.48 (d, 2H), 7.06 (d, 2H).
(R,S)-4-(3-Methylcyclohex-1 -enyl)aniline:
1H NMR (DMSO-d6): 51.00 (d, 3H), 1.45-1.95 (m, 3H), 2.10-2.45 (m, 3H), 5.04 (s, 2H), 5.75 (d, 1 H), 6.48 (d, 2H), 7.06 (d, 2H).
General procedure (A) for solution phase synthesis of compounds of the general formulae (la) and (lb):
Figure imgf000061_0001
Step 2a aq. NaOH
Figure imgf000061_0002
(lb) (la) wherein R R3, R\ R , A, E and D are as defined for formula (I).
Compounds made according to this general procedure (A) can either be prepared via the ester route or the carboxylic acid route. The only difference between these two routes is the protection of the benzoic acid as an ester. The deprotection of the ester (step 2a) provides intermediates identical with those of the carboxylic acid route.
This procedure according to the ester route is illustrated in examples 1 and 2 and according to the carboxylic acid route in example 3.
Example 1 (General procedure (A))
(R -3-{4-[1-(4-Cvclohexylphenyl -3-(3-methoxy-5-trifluoromethylphenvπureidomethvnbenzoyl- amino}-2-hydroχypropionic acid
Figure imgf000062_0001
Step 1 : 4-((4-Cvclohexylphenylamino)methyl)benzoic acid methyl ester 4-Formylbenzoic acid methyl ester (6.65 g, 40.5 mmol) was dissolved in hot methanol (175 mL). To this mixture, 4-cyclohexylaniline (7.1 g, 40.5 mmol) was added. To the resulting suspension, more methanol (75 mL) was added and the mixture was heated at reflux for 1 hour. After cooling to 0 °C, the mixture was filtered and the solid was washed with ice-cold methanol and dried in vacuo at 40 °C for 16 hours to afford 10.95 g of 4-[(4-cyclohexylphenylimino)- methyljbenzoic acid methyl ester. This compound (10.93 g, 34 mmol) was suspended in methanol (200 mL) and glacial acetic acid (27 mL) was added followed by sodium cyano borohydride (1.9 g, 30 mmol) in small portions. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in DCM (200 mL) and washed with 5% aqueous sodium carbonate (5 x 80 mL), dried (magnesium sulphate) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was added ethyl acetate ( 00 mL) and n-heptane (200 mL) and concentrated in vacuo to half the original volume. The solid was filtered, washed with n-heptane and dried in vacuo at 40 °C for 16 hours to afford 9.52 g (87%) of 4-((4-cyclo- hexylphenylamino)methyl)benzoic acid methyl ester.
H-NMR (DMSO-d6): 51.2-1.4 (5H, m), 1.65 (5H, m), 2.30 (1H, t), 3.84 (3H, s), 4.30 (2H, d), 6.18 (1 H, t), 6.50 (2H, d), 6.87 (2H, d), 7.49 (2H, d), 7.92 (2H, d); HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 324 (M+1 ); Rt = 7.18 min.
Step 2: 4-f 1 -(Cvclohexylphenyl)-3-(3-methoxy-5-trifluoromethylphenyl)ureidomethyllbenzoic acid methyl ester
5-Methoxy-3-(trifluoromethyl)aniline (2.0 g, 10.5 mmol) was dissolved in ethyl acetate (10 mL), and dry HCI in ethyl acetate (15 mL) was added and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The solid was co-evaporated with toluene (3 x 15 mL). Toluene (75 mL) and diphosgene (13 mL) were added and the reaction mixture was refluxed under a nitrogen atmosphere for 2.5 hours. Excess diphosgene was removed in vacuo and the clear oil was co-evaporated with toluene. The obtained isocyanate was used without further purification.
The above isocyanate was dissolved in DCM (75 mL) and 4-((4-cyclohexylphenylamino)- methyl)benzoic acid methyl ester (2.3 g, 7.1 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature, the solvent was removed in vacuo and the residual oil was purified by column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with a mixture of heptane and ethyl acetate (7:3). This afforded 3 g of 4-[1-(cyclohexylphenyl)-3-(3-methoxy-5-trifluoro- methylphenyl)ureidomethyl]benzoic acid methyl ester as an oil.
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): 51.22 (broad, 1 H), 1.37 (broad, 4H), 1.7 (broad, 1 H), 1.79 (broad, 4H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 4.98 (s, 2H), 6.81 (s, 1 H), 7.18 (d, 2H), 7.23 (d, 2H), 7.42 (m, 3H), 7.51 (s, 1 H), 7.90 (d, 2H), 8.53 (s, 1 H), 10.01 (s, 1 H); HPLC-MS (Method A): m/z = 541 (M+1); Rt = 8.98 min.
Step 2a: 4-f1 -(Cvclohexylphenyl)-3-(3-methoxy-5-trifluoromethylphenyl)ureidomethyllbenzoic acid 4-[1 -(Cyclohexylphenyl)-3-(3-methoxy-5-trifluoromethylphenyl)ureidomethyl]benzoic acid methyl ester (3.0 g ) was dissolved in absolute ethanol (50 mL), sodium hydroxide (4 N, 15 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The organic solvent was removed in vacuo, and additional water (50 mL) was added, pH was adjusted with hydrochloric acid (4 N) to acidic reaction and then ethyl acetate (200 mL) was added. The organic phase was washed with water (5 x 50 mL), dried (magnesium sulphate), filtered and evaporated in vacuo. The residue was recrystallised from acetonitrile (25 mL) to afford 4-[1-(cyclohexylphenyl)-3-(3-methoxy-5-trifluoromethylphenyl)ureidomethyl]benzoic acid (1.83 g) as crystals.
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): 51.22 (m, 1 H), 1.37 (m, 4H), 1.70 (m, 1 H), 1.79 (m, 4H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 4.95 (s, 2H), 6.81 (s, 1 H), 7.18 (d, 2H), 7.23 (d, 2H), 7.40 (d, 2H), 7.42 (s, 1 H), 7.51 (s, 1 H), 7.89 (d, 2H), 8.55 (s, 1 H), 12.90 (s, 1 H); HPLC-MS (Method A): m/z = 527 (M+1 ); R, = 8.23 min; M.p. 148-150 °C. Microanalysis: Calculated for C29H29N2F3O4 : C, 66.15%; H 5.55%; N 5.32%. Found: C, 66.65%; H 5.70%; N 5.33%.
Step 3: (R)-3-{4-ri-(4-Cyclohexylphenvπ-3-(3-methoxy-5-trifluoromethylphenyl)ureidomethvn- benzoylamino)-2-hydroχypropionic acid ethyl ester
4-[1-(Cyclohexylphenyl)-3-(3-methoxy-5-trifluoromethylphenyl)ureidomethyl]benzoic acid (420 mg, 0.8 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (10 mL), and then HOBt (160 mg, 1.2 mmol) and EDAC (230 mg, 1.2 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was allowed to stand for 30 min, then (R)-isoserine ethyl ester (260 mg, 1.2 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (210 mL, 1.2 mmol) dissolved in DMF (5 mL) were added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. Water (50 mL) and ethyl acetate (100 mL) were added and the organic phase was washed with water (5 x 50 mL), dried (magnesium sulphate), filtered and evaporated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with a mixture of heptane and ethyl acetate (1 :3) to afford 510 mg of (R)-3-{4-[1-(4- cyclohexylphenyl)-3-(3-methoxy-5-trifluoromethylphenyl)ureidomethyl]benzoylamino}-2- hydroxypropionic acid ethyl ester as an amorphous solid.
1H-NMR (DMSO-de): 51.12 (t, 3H), 1.22 (m, 1 H), 1.37 (m, 4H), 1.70 (m, 1 H), 1.79 (broad, 4H), 3.41 (m, 1H), 3.52 (m, 1 H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 4.06 (q, 2H), 4.21 (q, 1H), 4.95 (s, 2H), 5.68 (d, 1 H), 6.81 (s, 1H), 7.18 (d, 2H), 7.23 (d, 2H), 7.33 (d, 2H), 7.42 (s, 1 H), 7.51 (s, 1 H), 7.77 (d, 2H), 8.47 (t, 1 H), 8.53 (s, 1 H); HPLC-MS (Method A): m/z = 658 (M+1 ); Rt = 8.17 min.
Step 4: (R)-3-{4-[1-(4-Cyclohexylphenyl)-3-(3-methoxy-5-trifluoromethylphenyl)ureidomethyl]benzoyl- amino}-2-hydroxypropionic acid ethyl ester was dissolved in ethanol (15 mL) and sodium hydroxide (2 N, 2 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 60 min. Then ethanol was removed in vacuo, water (50 mL) was added and pH was adjusted with 4 N hydrochloric acid to acidic reaction. Filtration and washing with water (5 x 5 mL) and drying in vacuo afforded 460 mg of the title compound as a crystalline solid.
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): 51.22 (m, 1 H), 1.37 (m, 4H), 1.70 (m, 1 H), 1.79 (broad, 4H), 3.37 (m, 1 H), 3.51 (m, 1 H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 4.09 (t, 1 H), 4.95 (s, 2H), 6.80 (s, 1H), 7.18 (d, 2H), 7.23 (d, 2H), 7.33 (d, 2H), 7.42 (s, 1 H), 7.51 (s, 1 H), 7.77 (d, 2H), 8.47 (t, 1 H), 8.53 (s, 1H); HPLC-MS (Method A): m/z = 614 (M+1); Rt = 7.67 min. Microanalysis: Calculated for C32H34N3F3O6 (+ 1.25 H2O): C, 60.42%; H, 5.78%; N, 6.61%. Found: C, 60.25%; H, 5.55%; N, 6.50%.
Example 2 (General procedure (A))
(R)-3-{4-|"3-(3,5-Bis(trifluoromethvπphenyl)-1-(4-cvclohexylphenyl)ureidomethyllbenzoyl- amino)-2-hydroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000065_0001
Step 2: 4-r3-(3.5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenvπ-1-(4-cvclohexylphenyl)ureidomethvnbenzoic acid methyl ester
4-((4-Cyclohexylphenylamino)methyl)benzoic acid methyl ester (2.38 g, 7.36 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (150 mL) and 3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl isocyanate (1.36 mL, 8.10 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was washed with water (3 x 15 mL), dried (magnesium sulphate) and concentrated in vacuo to afford 4.3 g of 4-[3-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-1-(4-cyclohexylphenyl)ureido- methyljbenzoic acid methyl ester.
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): 51.17-1.44 (m, 5H), 1.66-1.82 (m, 5H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 4.98 (s, 2H, 7.20- 7.28 (m, 4H), 7.44 (d, 2H), 7.62 (s, 1 H), 7.93 (d, 2H), 8.24 (s, 2H), 8.94 (s, 1 H); HPLC-MS (Method A): m/z = 579 (M+1); Rt = 9.50 min.
Step 2a: 4-r3-(3,5-Bis(trifluoromethvDphenyl)-1 -(4-cvclohexylphenvOureidomethvπbenzoic acid
4-[3-(3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-1-(4-cyclohexylphenyl)ureidomethyl]benzoic acid methyl ester (4.2 g, 7.36 mmol) was suspended in ethanol (80 mL) and added sodium hydroxide (4 N, 11 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness in vacuo, and the residue was added water (50 mL) and acidified with hy- drochloric acid (4 N, 12 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate (75 mL and 25 mL) and the combined organic phases were washed with water (3 x 15 mL), dried (magnesium sulphate) and concentrated in vacuo to afford 4-[3-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)- phenyl)-1 -(4-cyclohexylphenyl)ureidomethyl]benzoic acid.
H-NMR (DMSO-de): 51.32-1.43 (m, 5H), 1.7 (m, 1 H), 1.75-1.85 (5H), 4.98 (s, 2H), 7.20-7.28 (m, 4H), 7.4 (d, 2H), 7.61 (d, 1 H), 7.88 (d, 2H), 8.25 (s, 2H), 8.93 (s, 1 H), 12.90 (s, 1 H); HPLC-MS (Method B): m /z = 565 (M+1 ); Rt = 8.65 min; M.p. 148.5-149.5 °C.
Microanalysis: Calculated for C29H26F6N2O3: C, 61.70%; H, 4.64%; N, 4.96%. Found: C, 61.54%; H, 4.71%; N, 4.92%.
Step 3: (R)-3-f4-r3-(3.5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-1 -(4-cyclohexylphenyl)ureidomethyll- benzoylamino)-2-hydroxypropionic acid ethyl ester
4-[3-(3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-1 -(4-cyclohexylphenyl)ureidomethyl]benzoic acid (0.22 g, 0.39 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (3 mL) and 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole (0.06 g, 0.47 mmol) and EDAC (0.09 g, 1.2 mmol) were added. The mixture was stirred for 1.5 hour, and (R)-isoserine ethyl ester (0.10 g, 0.59 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (0.10 mL, 0.59 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) were added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (25 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (10 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with hydrochloric acid (0.2 N, 3 x 10 mL) and water:saturated sodium chloride (1 :1), dried (magnesium sulphate) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography (35 g silica gel) using ethyl acetate and n-heptane (6:4) as eluent to afford 0.27 g of (R)-3-{4-[3-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-1 -(4-cyclohexylphenyl)ureido- methyl]benzoylamino}-2-hydroxypropionic acid ethyl ester.
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): 51.14 (t, 3H), 1.19-1.42 (m, 5H), 1.67-1.85 (m, 5H), 3.38-3.48 (m, 1 H), 3.49-3.57 (m, 1 H), 4.08 (q, 2H), 4.20 (m, 1 H), 4.97 (s, 2H), 5.67 (d, 1 H), 7.20-7.27 (m, 4H), 7.36 (d, 2H), 7.62 (s, 1H), 7.75 (d, 2H), 8.24 (s, 2H), 8.48 (t, 1 H), 8.90 (s, 1 H); HPLC-MS (Method A): m/z = 680 (M+1); Rt = 8.42 min. Step 4:
(R)-3-{4-[3-(3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-1-(4-cyclohexylphenyl)ureidomethyl]benzoyl- amino}-2-hydroxypropionic acid ethyl ester (0.26 g, 0.38 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (96%, 15 mL) and added sodium hydroxide (4 N, 0.57 mL, 2.3 mmol). After stirring at 25 °C for 1 hour the mixture was evaporated in vacuo, and the residue was added water (30 mL) and acidified with hydrochloric acid (4 N, 0.62 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate (25 mL and 10 mL) and the combined organic phases were washed with saturated sodium chloride:water (1 :1), dried (magnesium sulphate) and concentrated in vacuo to afford 0.21 g of the title compound.
H-NMR (DMSO-d6): 51.21-1.45 (m, 5H), 1.66-1.86 (m, 5H), 3.37-3.44 (m, 1H), 3.53-3.60 (m, 1 H), 4.18 (t, 1 H), 4.95 (s, 2H), 7.18-7.27 (m, 4H), 7.45 (d, 2H), 7.60 (s, 1 H), 7.78 (d, 2H), 8.24 (s, 2H), 8.44 (t, 1 H), 8.90 (s, 1 H); HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 652 (M+1 ); Rt = 7.93 min.
Example 3 (General procedure (A))
(R)-3-{4-r3-(3-Bromophenyl)-1-(4-cvclohexylphenyl)ureidomethyllbenzoylamino)-2-hydroxy- propionic acid
Figure imgf000067_0001
Step 1 : 4-[(4-Cvclohexylphenylamino)methyllbenzoic acid
4-Cyclohexylaniline (8.0 g, 53 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (200 mL) and a suspension of 4-formylbenzoic acid (9.4 g, 53 mmol) in glacial acetic acid (12 mL) was added in portions and the resulting mixture was heated at reflux temperature for 1.5 hour. After cooling to room temperature a mixture of sodium cyano borohydride (5.0 g, 80 mmol) in methanol (100 mL) was added in portions, and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The mixture was filtered and washed thoroughly with water and dried in vacuo at 50 °C for 3 days to afford 12.8 g (78%) of 4-[(4-cyclohexylphenylamino)methyl]benzoic acid. 1H-NMR (DMSO-de): 51.1-1.35 (5H, m), 1.65-1.75 (5H, m), 2.29 (1H, m), 4.31 (2H, s), 6.15 (1 H, bs), 6.45 (2H, d), 6.89 (2H, d), 7.46 (2H, d), 7.88 (2H, d).
Step 2: 4-r3-(3-BromophenvO-1-(4-cvclohexylphenyl)ureidomethvHbenzoic acid 3-Bromoaniline (1.4 g, 8.1 mmol) was dissolved in diethyl ether (50 mL) and 3.5 M dry HCI in ethyl acetate (2.3 mL) was added. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was added toluene (100 mL) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was added toluene (100 mL) and diphosgene (8.1 g, 41 mmol) and the resulting mixture was refluxed for 1.5 hour. After cooling, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in toluene (100 mL) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in DMF (30 mL) and 4-[(4- cyclohexylphenylamino)methyl]benzoic acid (1.3 g, 4.1 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The mixture was added ethyl acetate (150 mL) and washed with wateπbrine (1 :1) (2 x 100 mL). The organic phase was dried with sodium sulphate and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting first with a mixture of ethyl acetate:n-heptane:triethylamine (7:2:1 ), then with ethyl acetate and finally with methanol to afford 1.95 g (94%) of 4-[3-(3-bromophenyl)-1-(4- cyclohexylphenyl)ureidomethyl]benzoic acid.
1H-NMR (CDCI3): 51.2-1.4 (5H, m), 1.7-1.8 (5H, m), 4.94 (2H, s), 7.1-7.25 (6H, m), 7.30 (2H, d), 7.44 (1 H, d), 7.78 (1 H, t), 7.83 (2H, d), 8.38 (1 H, s); HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 507 (M+1); Rt = 5.52 min.
Step 3: (R)-3-{4-r3-(3-Bromophenyl)-1 -(4-cvclohexylphenvDureidomethvπbenzoylamino)-2- hydroxypropionic acid ethyl ester 4-[3-(3-Bromophenyl)-1-(4-cyclohexylphenyl)ureidomethyl]benzoic acid (0.20 g, 0.39 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (2.5 mL) and EDAC (0.12 g, 0.6 mmol) and HOBt (0.089 mg, 0.6 mmol) were added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 min. (R)-lsoserine ethyl ester hydrochloride (0.10 g, 0.6 mmol) and N,/V-diisopropylethylamine (130 μL) dissolved in DMF (2.5 mL) were added and the resulting mixture was stirred at room tempera- ture for 16 hours. The mixture was added ethyl acetate (70 mL) and washed with water (2 x 100 mL), the organic phase was dried with sodium sulphate and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with a mixture of ethyl acetate -heptane (1 :2) containing 10% acetic acid. This afforded 100 mg of (R)-3-{4-[3-(3- bromophenyl)-1-(4-cyclohexylphenyl)ureidomethyl]benzoylamino}-2-hydroxypropionic acid ethyl ester. HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 624 (M+1); R, = 5.33 min.
Step 4: (R)-3-f4-r3-(3-Bromophenyl)-1 -(4-cvclohexylphenyl)ureidomethvπbenzoylamino)-2- hydroxypropionic acid
(R)-3-{4-[3-(3-Bromophenyl)-1-(4-cyclohexylphenyl)ureidomethyl]benzoylamino}-2-hydroxy- propionic acid ethyl ester (100 mg) was dissolved in ethanol (10 mL), 1 N sodium hydroxide (480 μL) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. 1 N Hydrochloric acid (480 μL) was added and the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The resi- due was suspended in water (50 mL) and filtered to afford 38 mg of the title compound.
1H-NMR (CDCIa): 51.2-1.4 (5H, m), 1.7-1.85 (5H, m). 2.45 (1 H, s), 3.7 (2H, m), 4.30 (1H, m), 4.78 (2H, s), 6.23 (1 H, s), 6.95-7.3 (8H, m), 7.42 (1 H, s), 7.60 (2H, d); HPLC-MS (Method A): m/z = 595 (M+1); Rt = 7.48 min.
Example 4 (General procedure (A))
(R)-3-f4-π-(4-Cvclohexylphenyl)-3-(4-trifluoromethoxyphenvπureidomethvnbenzoylamino)-2- hvdroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000069_0001
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): 51.2-1.4 (5H, m), 1.7-1.8 (5H, m), 3.40 (1 H, m), 3.56 (1H, dt), 4.18 (1 H, t), 4.97 (2H, s), 5.5 (1 H, brd) 7.14-7.25, (6H, m), 7.34 (2H, d), 7.55 (2H, d), 7.79 (2H, d), 8.38 (1 H, s), 8.44 (1H, t); HPLC-MS (Method A): m/z = 600 (M+1); Rt = 7.38 min. Example 5 (General procedure (A))
(R)-3-{4-f1-(4-Cvclohexylphenyl)-3-(3-trifluoromethylphenyl)ureidomethyllbenzoylamino)-2- hydroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000070_0001
H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 51.15-1-45 (m, 5H), 1.60-1.90 (m, 5H), 4.95 (s, 2H), 7.12 (d, 2H), 7.19 (d, 2H), 7.24 (d, 1 H), 7.45 (t, 1 H), 7.72 (d, 2H), 7.75 (s br, 1 H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 8.55 (s, 1 H), 8.58 (s br, 1 H); HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 584 (M+1); Rt = 4.99 min.
Example 6 (General procedure (A))
(R)-3-(4-f1-(4-Cvclohexylphenyl)-3-(3-fluoro-5-trifluoromethylphenyl)ureidomethyllbenzoyl- amino)-2-hvdroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000070_0002
1H-NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-d6): 51.15-1-45 (m, 5H), 1.60-1.85 (m, 5H), 3.25-3.65 (m, 3H), 4.13 (t, 1H), 4.95 (s, 2H), 7.10-7.22 (m, 5H), 7.30 (d, 2H), 7.75 (m, 3H), 8.45 (t, 1 H), 8.78 (s, 1H); HPLC-MS (Method A): m/z = 602 (M+1); Rt = 7.83 min. Example 7 (General procedure (A))
(R)-3-{4-r3-(3-Cvano-5-trifluoromethylphenvπ-1-(4-cvclohex-1-enylphenyl)ureidomethyl1- benzoylamino}-2-hydroχypropionic acid
Figure imgf000071_0001
1H-NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-d6): 51.15-1.70 (m, 4H), 2.12 (s, 2H), 2.35 (s, 2H), 5.00 (s, 2H), 6.15 (s, 1 H), 7.10-7.40 (m, 6H), 7.78 (m, 3H), 8.20 (d, 2H), 8.90 (s, 1 H); HPLC-MS (Method A): m/z = 607 (M+1 ); Rt = 7.42 min.
Example 8 (General procedure (A))
(R)-3-f4-f3-(3-Cvano-5-trifluoromethylphenyl)-1-(4-cvclohexylphenyl)ureidomethyllbenzoyl- amino)-2-hvdroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000071_0002
1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 51.15-1.45 (m, 5H), 1.60-1.85 (m, 5), 3.45-3.60 (m, 3H), 4.15 (t, 1 H) 4.95 (s, 2H), 7.20 (dd, 4H), 7.35 (d, 2H), 7.76 (d, 2H), 7.88 (s, 1 H), 8.18 (s, 1 H), 8.21 (s, 1 H), 8.45 (t, 1 H), 8.95 (s, 1 H); HPLC-MS (Method A): m/z = 609 (M+1); R, = 7.58 min. Example 9 (General procedure (A))
(R)-3-{4-[3-(3-Bromo-5-trifluoromethylphenyl)-1-(4-cyclohex-1-enylphenyl)ureidomethvn- benzoylamino)-2-hvdroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000072_0001
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): 51.50-1.76 (m, 4H), 2.15 (m, 2H), 2.33 (m, 2H), 3.37 (m, 2H), 3.54 (m, 1H), 4.14 (dd, 1H), 4.95 (s, 2H), 6.17 (t, 1 H), 7.17 (d, 2H), 7.33 (d, 2H), 7.40 (d, 2H), 7.46 (s, 1 H), 7.75 (d, 2H), 7.91 (s, 1 H), 8.07 (s, 1 H), 8.44 (t, 1 H), 8.66 (s, 1 H).
Example 10 (General procedure (A))
(R)-3-{4-ri-(4-Cvclohex-1-enylphenvn-3-(3-methoxy-5-trifluoromethylphenyl)ureidomethyll- benzoylaminol-2-hvdroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000072_0002
1H-NMR (DMSO-de): 51.51-1.76 (m, 4H), 2.15 (m, 2H), 2.34 (m, 2H), 3.37 (m, 2H), 3.54 (m, 1H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 4.14 (dd, 1H), 4.95 (s, 2H), 6.16 (t, 3H), 6.78 (s, 1H), 7.16 (d, 2H), 7.32 (d, 2H), 7.38 (d, 2H), 7.43 (s, 1 H), 7.76 (d, 2H), 8.44 (t, 1 H), 8.51 (s, 1 H). Example 11 (General procedure (A))
(R)-3-{4- 3-(3-Bromophenyl)-1-(4-cvclohex-1-enylphenyl)ureidomethvnbenzoylamino)-2- hvdroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000073_0001
The title compound was prepared according to general procedure (A) modifying step 2 as follows:
Step 2: 4-[3-(3-Bromophenyl)-1-(4-cvclohex-1-enylphenvπureidomethyllbenzoic acid methyl ester
To 3-bromobenzoic acid (1.2 g, 5.7 mmol) in toluene (20 mL) was added triethylamine (0.91 mL, 6.5 mmol) and diphenoxyphosphoryl azide (1.3 mL, 6.2 mmol) and the mixture was heated to 100 °C while stirring. After 1 hour 4-[(4-cyclohex-1-enylphenylamino)methyl]- benzoic acid methyl ester (prepared similarly as described in example 1 , step 1) (1.6 g, 5 mmol) was added and heating was continued for additional 1.5 hour. After cooling to room temperature the mixture was transferred with ethyl acetate (50 mL) to a separatory funnel. The organic mixture was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate (2 x 50 mL), backwash with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The organic phases were collected, dried (sodium sulphate) and the solvent removed in vacuo to yield a brown oil that was purified on sil- ica column eluted with DCM to afford 700 mg of 4-[3-(3-bromophenyl)-1-(4-cyclohex-1- enylphenyl)ureidomethyl]benzoic acid methyl ester.
HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 521 (M+1); Rt = 6.1 min.
Data for the title compound:
1H-NMR (CDCI3): 51.54 (s, 2H), 1.65 (s, 2H), 2.15 (s, 2H), 2.36 (s, 2H), 3.56 (br s, 2H), 4.19 (br s, 1 H), 4.71 (s, 2H), 6.09 (s, 1 H), 6.42 (s, 1 H), 6.90-7.18 (m, 6H), 7.30.7.70 (m, 6H); HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 592.5 (M+1); Rt = 4.73 min. Example 12 (General procedure (A))
(R)-3-{4-r3-(3-Bromo-5-trifluoromethylphenyl)-1-(4-cvclohexylphenvπureidomethvnbenzoyl- amino)-2-hvdroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000074_0001
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): 51.14-1.43 (m, 5H), 1.64-1.83 (m, 5H), 3.40-3.45 (m, 1 H), 3.45-3.53 (m, 1 H), 4.00 (t, 1H), 4.95 (s, 2H), 7.13-7.27 (m, 4H), 7.33 (d, 2H), 7.48 (s, 1H), 7.77 (d, 2H), 7.92 (s, 1H), 8.07 (s, 1H), 8.43 (t, 1 H), 8.71 (s, 1H); HPLC-MS (Method A): m/z = 662 (M+1); Rt = 8.17 min.
Example 13 (General procedure (A))
(S)-Trat7s-3-{4-r3-(3.5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-1-(4-te/ -butylcvclohexyl)ureidomethvn- benzoylamino)-2-hvdroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000074_0002
Step 1 : f/-ans-4-f(4-tetf-butylcvclohexylamino)methvnbenzoic acid methyl ester
MeOOC
Figure imgf000075_0001
22 % cis with traces of the trans isomer
4-Formylbenzoic acid methyl ester (10.6 g, 64.4 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (200 mL). A 17:83 cis/trans mixture of 4-tert-butylcyclohexylamine (10.0 g, 64.4 mmol, Aldrich) was added, leading to immediate precipitation of white crystals. The mixture was heated to reflux for 30 min to complete imine formation, then cooled to 0 °C on an ice bath. The crystalline pure trans-4-[(4-ferf-butylcyclohexylimino)methyl]benzoic acid methyl ester was then collected by filtration, and dried overnight in vacuo. Yield: 15.3 g (78%).
1H NMR (CDCI3), 300 MHz: 58.37 (s, 1 H); 8.06 (d, 2H); 7.77 (d, 2H); 3.92 (s, 3H); 3.17 (m, 1 H); 1.83 (m, 4H); 1.60 (m, 2H), 1.09 (m, 3H); 0.87 (s, 9H).
Microanalysis: Calculated for Cι9H27NO2 C, 75.71%; H, 9.03%; N, 4.65%. Found: C, 75.60%; H, 9.37%; N, 4.68%.
The mother liquid was taken to dryness to leave 4.2 g (22%) white solid, which according to NMR consisted mainly of the imino cis isomer.
1H NMR (CDCI3), 300 MHz: 58.36 (s, 1 H); 8.07 (d, 2H); 7.81 (d, 2H); 3.92 (s, 3H); 3.54 (m, 1 H); 1.55 - 1.92 (m, 8H); 1.14 (m, 1 H); 0.90 (s, 9H).
Figure imgf000076_0001
£rans-4-[(4-terf-Butylcyclohexylimino)methyl]benzoic acid methyl ester (21.0 g, 69.2 mmol) was suspended in methanol (300 mL), and acetic acid (50 mL) was added. To the resulting clear solution was added sodium cyanoborohydride (3.5 g, 55.5 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 30 min. The reaction volume was then reduced to one third by rotary evaporation, and ethyl acetate (500 mL) was added. The organic phase was washed with sodium carbonate solution (5%, 500 mL), and dried with sodium sulphate. The solvent was removed by rotary evaporation to leave the title material as a white crystalline solid sufficiently pure for further reactions. Yield: 21.1 g (100%).
1H NMR (CDCI3), 300 MHz: 57.98 (d, 2H); 7.38 (d, 2H); 3.90 (s, 3H); 3.86 (s, 2H); 2.39 (m,
1 H); 2.01 (m, 2H); 1.77 (m, 2H);1.51 (bs, 1 H); 0.93-1.18 (m, 5H); 0.82 (s, 9H); HPLC-MS
(Method B: Rt = 4.87 m/z = 304 (M + 1 ).
Step 2: Trans-4-\l -(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-3-(4-te/ -butylcvclohexyl)ureidomethvπ- benzoic acid methyl ester
7rans-4-[(4-te/f-butylcyclohexylamino)methyl]benzoic acid methyl ester (1.0 g, 3.3 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (40 mL), 3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenylisocyanate (0.9 g, 3.6 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The solvent was concentrated in vacuo to 5 - 10 mL and the crystals were isolated by filtration to afford
1.45 g (81 %) of ^rans-4-[1-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-3-(4-tert-butylcyclohexyl)ureido- methyljbenzoic acid methyl ester:
1H-NMR (DMSO-de): 5 9.08 (s, 1H); 8.25 (s, 2H); 7.91 (d, 2H); 7.60 (s, 1 H); 7.40 (d, 2H); 4.65 (s, 2H); 4.07 (broad, 1 H); 3.83 (s, 3H); 1.71 (broad, 4H); 1.42 (broad, 2H); 1.11 (broad, 2H); 0.93 (broad, 1 H); HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 559 (M+1); Rt = 9.40 min; M.p. 188-190 °C (CH3CN).
Microanalysis: Calculated for C28H32N2F6O3: C, 60.21%; H, 5.77%; N, 5.02%. Found: C, 60.46%; H, 5.94%; N, 5.00%. Step 2a: rrans-4-[1-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyπ-3-(4-te/f-butylcvclohexyl)ureidomethvn- benzoic acid
7raπs-4-[1-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-3-(4-te f-butylcyclohexyl)ureidomethyl]benzoic acid methyl ester (1.4g) was suspended in absolute ethanol (20 mL), sodium hydroxide (2N, 11 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was gently refluxed for 2 hours. The ethanol was removed in vacuo, additional water (40 mL) was added, pH was adjusted with hydrochloride (4 N) to acidic reaction and then ethyl acetate (200 mL) was added. The organic phase was isolated, washed with water (4 x 50 mL), dried with magnesium sulphate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo, affording 1.1 g (85%) trans-4-[1-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-3-(4-ferf- butylcyclohexyl)ureidomethyl]benzoic acid as a solid.
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): 5 12.85 (s, 1H); 9.08 (s, 1 H); 8.25 (s, 2H); 7.89 (d, 2H); 7.61 (s, 1H); 7.38 (d, 2H); 4.65 (s, 2H); 4.07 (m, 1 H); 1.73 (m, 4H); 1.43 (m, 2H); 1.11 (m, 2H); 0.93 (m, 1 H); 0.82 (s, 9H); M.p. 239-241 °C (MeCN).
Microanalysis: Calculated for C27H30N2F6O3: C, 59.55%; H, 5.55%; N, 5.14%. Found: C, 59.58%; H, 5.65%; N, 5.11%.
Following steps 3 and 4 afforded the title compound.
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): 50.83 (s, 9H), 0.90-0.99 (m, 1 H), 1.06-1.15 (m, 2H), 1.37-1.50 (m, 2H), 1.64-1.80 (m, 4H), 3.35-3.43 (m, 1 H), 3.52-3.61 (m, 1 H), 4.01-4.11 (m, 1 H), 4.18 (t, 1 H), 4.63 (s, 2H), 7.35 (d, 2H), 7.61 (s, 1H), 7.81 (d, 2H), 8.27 (s, 2H), 8.43 (t, 1H), 9.07 (s, 1H), 12.46 (broad, 1H); HPLC-MS (Method A): m/z = 632 (M+1); Rt = 8.00 min; M.p. 185-187 °C.
Microanalysis: Calculated for C3oH35F6N3O5: C, 57.05%; H, 5.59%; N, 6.65%. Found: C, 57.32%; H, 5.70%; N, 6.27%. Example 14 (General procedure (A))
(R)-Trans-3-{4-r3-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethvπphenyπ-1-(4-ter.-butylcvclohexyl)ureidomethvn- benzoylaminol-2-hvdroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000078_0001
1H-NMR (DMSO-de): 50.82 (s, 9H), 0.93 (m, 1 H), 1.11 (m, 2H), 1.43 (m, 2H), 1.71 (m, 4H), 3.38 (m, 1 H), 3.56 (m, 1 H), 4.05 (m, 1H), 4.16 (t, 1 H), 4.63 (s, 2H), 7.33 (d, 2H), 7.61 (s, 1 H), 7.80 (d, 2H), 8.26 (s, 2H), 8.43 (t, 1H); HPLC-MS (Method A): m/z = 632 (M+1); R, = 8.17 min; M.p. 184 - 187 °C.
Microanalysis: Calculated for C30H35N3F6O5 (+ 0.5 ethyl acetate): C, 56.88%; H, 5.82%; N, 6.22%. Found: C, 56.63%; H, 5.66%; N, 6.47%.
Example 15 (General procedure (A)) rrans-(R)-3-{4-f3-(3-methyl-5-trifluoromethylphenyl)-1-(4-fett-butylcyclohexyl)ureidomethvn- benzoylamino)-2-hvdroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000078_0002
1H-NMR (DMSO-de): 50.82 (s, 9H), 0.93 (m, 1 H), 1.11 (m, 2H), 1.43 (m, 2H), 1.71 (m, 4H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 3.38 (m, 1 H), 3.56 (m, 1 H), 4.05 (m, 1 H), 4.16 (t, 1 H), 4.63 (s, 2H), 7.10 (s, 1H), 7.33 (d, 2H), 7.73 (s, 1 H), 7.80 (d, 2H), 8.43 (t, 1H), 8.62 (s, 1 H); HPLC-MS (Method A): m/z = 578 (M+1 ); Rt = 7.45 min. Example 16 (General procedure (A))
(RS)-3-(4-ri-(4-fetf-Butylphenyl)-3-(4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)ureidomethvnbenzoylamino)-2- hvdroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000079_0001
Step 1 : 4-ri-(4-fe/f-Butylphenyl)-3-(4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)ureidomethyllbenzoic acid 4-Formylbenzoic acid methyl ester (10.6 g, 64 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (200 mL). 4-fe/f-Butylaniline (9.61 g, 64 mmol) was added and the resulting suspension was refluxed for 15 min. After cooling to room temperature, TFA (5.18 mL, 68 mmol) was added followed by portion wise addition of sodium cyanoborohydride (3.26 g, 52 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate (200 mL) and 1 N aqueous sodium hydroxide (150 and 100 mL). The organic phase was dried (magnesium sulphate) and evaporated in vacuo to afford 19.0 g (99%) of 4-[(4-terf-butylphenylamino)methyl]benzoic acid methyl ester as a solid.
1H-NMR (CDCI3): 1.28 (9H, s), 3.92 (3H, s), 4.39 (2H, s), 6.57 (2H, d), 7.20 (2H, d), 7.44 (2H, d), 8.00 (2H, d).
Step 2: The above benzoic acid methyl ester (0.73 g, 2.44 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (7 mL) and 4-trifluoromethoxyphenylisocyanate (405 μL, 2.68 mmol) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours and then refluxed for 1.5 hour. After cooling and concentration in vacuo, the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel, eluting first with a mixture of ethyl acetate and heptane (1 :6), then with a mixture of ethyl ace- tate and heptane (1 :3) to afford 1.14 g (94%) of 4-[1-(4-fe/τ-butylphenyl)-3-(4-trifluoro- methoxyphenyl)ureidomethyl]benzoic acid methyl ester as an oil.
1H-NMR (CDCI3): δ 1.35 (9H, s), 3.91 (3H, s), 4.97 (2H, s), 6.30 (1 H, s), 7.1 (4H, m), 7.32- 7.43 (6H, m), 7.96 (2H, d). TLC: Rf = 0.11 (SiO2; ethyl acetate/heptane (1:6)); HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 501 (M+1); R, = 9.05 min. Step 2a:
The above ureidomethylbenzoic acid methyl ester (1.14 g, 2.28 mmol) was dissolved in 1 ,4- dioxane (25 mL) and added 1 N aqueous sodium hydroxide (5 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Ethanol (15 mL) and 1 N aqueous sodium hydroxide (5 mL) were added and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and partitioned between 1 N hydrochloric acid (100 mL) and ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic phases were dried (magnesium sulphate) and concentrated in vacuo to afford 847 mg (76%) of 4-[1-(4-fe/τ-butylphenyl)- 3-(4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)ureidomethyl]benzoic acid as a solid.
1H-NMR (CDCI3): δ 1.33 (9H, s), 3.91 (3H, s), 4.97 (2H, s), 6.30 (1 H, s), 7.1 (4H, m), 7.33 (2H, d), 7.43 (4H, m), 8.03 (2H, d).
Step 3: (RS)-3-{4-H -(4-fe/τ-Butylphenyπ-3-(4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)ureidomethyπbenzoyl- amino}-2-hydroxypropionic acid ethyl ester
To a solution of [1-(4-terf-butylphenyl)-3-(4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)ureidomethyl]benzoic acid (1.0 g, 2.06 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) and DCM (10 mL) was added 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzo- triazole (0.33 g, 2.47 mmol). After stirring for 1 hour at room temperature, EDAC (0.47 g, 2.47 mmol), (RS)-isoserine ethyl ester hydrochloride (0.52 g, 3.09 mmol) and diisopro- pylethylamine (1.1 mL, 6.18 mmol) were added, successively. After stirring for 17 hours at ambient temperature the reaction mixture was partitioned between water, brine and ethyl acetate. The aqueous phase was further extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic phases were washed with water and brine. After drying (magnesium sulphate) and filtration, the organic phase was evaporated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatog- raphy on silica gel eluting with a mixture of toluene and ethyl acetate (6:4). This afforded 1.2 g (97%) of (RS)-3-{4-[1-(4-tert-butylphenyl)-3-(4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)ureidomethyl]- benzoylamino}-2-hydroxypropionic acid ethyl ester as an oil.
H-NMR (DMSO-d6): 51.12 (t, 3H), 1.27 (s, 9H), 3.45 (m, 2H), 4.05 (q, 2H), 4.21 (dd, 1 H), 4.98 (s, 2H), 5.67 (d, 1 H), 7.20 (dd, 4H), 7.35 (dd, 4H), 7.55 (d, 2H), 5.77 (d, 2H), 8.42 (s, 1 H), 8.48 (t, 1H); HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 602 (M+1); Rt = 3.38 min.
Step 4:
A solution of 3-{4-[1-(4-ferf-butylphenyl)-3-(4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)ureidomethyl]benzoyl- amino}-2-hydroxypropionic acid ethyl ester was stirred in absolute ethanol (20 L) and 1 M sodium hydroxide (6 mL) was added. Stirring was continued for 17 hours and the solution was acidified with aqueous hydrochloric acid. The solvent was decanted and the remaining oil was dissolved in acetonitrile (20 mL) by heating. Water (20 mL) was added dropwise under vigorous stirring and the mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature. The precipi- tate was filtered off, washed with water and dried to afford 0.51 g (43%) of the title compound as a solid.
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): 51.25 (s, 9H), 3.50 (ddd, 2H), 4.18 (dd, 1 H), 4.95 (s, 2H), 7.20 (dd, 4H), 7.39 (dd, 4H), 7.52 (d, 2H), 7.78 (d, 2H), 8.32 (s, 1 H), 8.46 (t, 1 H); HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 574 (M+1); Rt = 3.07 min.
Microanalysis: Calculated for C2gH30F3N3O6.' C, 60.73%; H, 5.27%; N, 7.33%. Found: C, 60.77%; H, 5.37; N%, 7.26%.
Example 17 (General procedure (A)
(RS)-3-{4-ri-(4-Cyclohex-1-enylphenyl)-3-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)ureidomethynbenzoylamino)-2- hydroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000081_0001
Step 3: (RS)-3-(4-[1 -(4-Cvclohex-1 -enylphenyl)-3-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)ureidomethvnbenzoyl- aminoV2-hvdroxypropionic acid ethyl ester Yield: 0.33 g (89%).
1H-NMR (CDCI3): 51.30 (t, 3H), 1.68 (m, 2H), 1.79 (m, 2H), 2.23 (m, 2H), 2.38 (m, 2H), 3.41 (d, 1H), 3.83 (m, 2H), 4.27 (q, 2H), 4.37 (dd, 1H), 4.92 (s, 2H), 6.20 (m, 1 H), 6.27 (s, 1H), 6.51 (t, 1 H), 6.98 (s, 1H), 7.04 (d, 2H), 7.18 (d, 2H), 7.33 (d, 2H), 7.42 (d, 2H), 7.68 (d, 2H). Step 4: (RS)-3-{4-H -(4-Cyclohex-1 -enylphenyl)-3-(3.5-dichlorophenyl)ureidomethvnbenzoyl- amino)-2-hvdroxypropionic acid
A solution of (RS)-3-{4-[1-(4-cyclohex-1-enylphenyl)-3-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)ureidomethyl]- benzoylamino}-2-hydroxypropionic acid ethyl ester (0.99 g, 1.61 mmol) in ethanol (15 mL) and THF (15 mL) was stirred and 1 M sodium hydroxide (6 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred at 40 °C for 4 hours and acidified with 1 N hydrochloric acid. After evaporation in vacuo the residue was purified on semipreperative HPLC (Gilson system). The pure fractions were combined and evaporated in vacuo to afford 0.74 g (79%) of the title compound as a solid.
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): 51.56 (m, 2H), 1.70 (m, 2H), 2.17 (s, 2H), 2.33 (s, 2H), 3.35 (m, 2H), 3.55 (m, 2H), 4.15 (dd, 1 H), 4.95 (s, 2H), 6.20 (s. 1 H), 7.12 (s, 1H), 7.18 (d, 2H), 7.33 (d, 2H), 7.40 (d, 2H), 7.62 (s, 2H), 7.76 (d, 2H), 8.43 (t, 1 H), 8.55 (s, 1 H); HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 582 (M+1); Rt = 5.13 min.
Microanalysis: Calculated for C29H30CI2N3O5: C, 61.86%; H, 5.02%; N, 7.21%. Found: C, 61.10%; H, 5.05%; N, 7.03%.
Example 18 (S)-3-{4-ri-(4-Cvclohex-1-enylphenyl)-3-(3,5-dichlorophenvπureidomethyllbenzoylamino)-2- hvdroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000082_0001
4-[1-(4-Cyclohex-1-enylphenyl)-3-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)ureidomethyl]benzoic acid (130 mg, 0.26 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (2 mL), then EDAC (50 mg, 0.26 mmol) and HOBt (43 mg, 0.32 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The above crude (S)-2,2-dimethyl-5-oxo-[1 ,3]dioxolan-4-ylmethylammonium trifluoroacetate was dissolved in DMF (1 mL) and added to the reaction mixture together with diisopropyl- ethylamine (450 mg, 3.5 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was transferred to a silica gel column and eluted with DCM to afford crude (S)-4-[1 -(4-cyclohex-1 -enylphenyl)-3-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)ureidomethylj-Λ/-(2,2-di- methyl-5-oxo-[1 ,3]dioxolan-4-ylmethyl)benzamide as an oil after evaporation. The oil was redissolved in acetonitrile (5 mL), hydrochloric acid (1 N, 5 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 hour. The solvent was removed by evaporation and the crude product was purified on semipreperative HPLC (acetonitrile/water gradient) to afford the title compound.
HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 582 (M+1); Rt = 5.10 min.
Example 19 (General procedure (A))
(R)-3-{4-ri-(4-Cyclohex-1-enylphenyl)-3-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)ureidomethvnbenzoylamino)-2- hydroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000083_0001
Step 3: (R)-3-(4-H -(4-Cvclohex-1 -enylphenyl)-3-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)ureidomethyl1benzoyl- amino>-2-hvdroxypropionic acid ethyl ester
1H-NMR (Acetone-d6): 51.20 (t, 3H), 1.70 (dm, 4H), 2.31 (dm, 4H), 3.70 (m, 2H), 4.15 (q, 2H), 4.35 (dd, 1 H), 5.02 (s, 2H), 6.22 (m, 1 H), 7.00 (s, 1 H), 7.20 (d, 2H), 7.40 (dd, 4H), 7.61 (ds, 2H), 7.80 (d, 3H), 7.89 (s, 1 H).
Step 4: A solution of (R)-3-{4-[1 -(4-cyclohex-1 -enylphenyl)-3-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)ureidomethyl]- benzoylamino}-2-hydroxypropionic acid ethyl ester (0.60 g, 0.98 mmol) in ethanol (5 mL) and THF (5 mL) was stirred and 4 N sodium hydroxide (0.76 mL, 2.94 mmol) was added. The solution was stirred for 3 hours at room temperature and then acidified with 1 N hydrochloric acid. Evaporation in vacuo afforded an oil, which was partitioned between ethyl acetate, wa- ter and brine. The aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate and the combined organic phases were washed with water and brine. Drying (magnesium sulphate), filtration, and evaporation in vacuo afforded 0.43 g (73%) of the title compound as a solid.
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): 51.50-1.80 (4H, m), 2.08-2.38 (4H, m), 3.36-3.65 (2H, m), 4.14-4.24 (1 H, m), 4.96 (2H, m), 6.17 (1 H, t), 7.14 (1H, t), 7.18 (2H, d), 7.35 (2H, d), 7.42 (2H, d), 7.63 (2H, d), 7.78 (2H, d), 8.48 (1 H, t), 8.55 (1 H, s); HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 582 (M+1); Rt = 5.11 min.
Example 20 (General procedure (A))
(R)-3-(4-r3-(3-Chlorophenvπ-1-(4-cvclohex-1-enylphenyl)ureidomethyllbenzoylamino)-2- hydroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000084_0001
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): 51.56-1.71 (m, 4H), 2.15-2.33 (m, 4H), 3.37-3.51 (m, 2H), 4.14-4.17 (m, 1H), 4.96 (s, 1H), 6.17 (t, 1 H), 7.12 (dd, 1H), 7.27-7.41 (m, 8H), 7.62 (t, 1H), 7.87 (d, 2H), 8.38-8.43 (m, 3H); HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 548 (M+1); Rt = 4.69 min.
Example 21 (General procedure (A)) (R)-3-{4-π-(4-Cvclohex-1-enylphenyl)-3-phenylureidomethyllbenzoylamino}-2-hvdroxy- propionic acid
Figure imgf000084_0002
1H-NMR (DMSO-de): 51.56-1.71 (m, 4H), 2.15-2.40 (m, 4H), 3.30-3.51 (m, 2H), 4.14-4.19 (m, 1H), 4.97 (s, 1 H), 6.16 (t, 1H), 6.98 (t, 1 H), 7.12-7.48 (m, 10H), 7.79 (d, 2H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 8.43 (t, 1H).
Example 22 (General procedure (A))
(R)-3-{4-r3-Benzyl-1-(4-cvclohex-1-enylphenyl)ureidomethvnbenzoylamino)-2-hvdroxy- propionic acid
Figure imgf000085_0001
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): 51.50-1.75 (m, 4H), 1.86 (s, 2H), 2.08 (s, 2H), 3.30-3.60 (m, 2H), 4.13- 4.20 (m, 1H), 4.25 (d, 2H), 4.87 (s, 2H), 6.18 (t, 1 H), 6.55 (t, 1 H), 7.08-7.42 (m, 11 H), 7.77 (d, 2H), 8.48 (t, 1 H).
Example 23 (General procedure (A)) (RS)-3-(4-H -(4-Cyclohex-1 -enylphenyl )3-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)ureidomethyllbenzoylamino)-2- fluoropropionic acid
Figure imgf000085_0002
Steps 1 and 2: 4-ri-(4-Cvclohex-1-enylphenyl)-3-(3.5-dichlorophenyl)ureidomethyllbenzoic add
1H-NMR (DMSO-de): 51.52-1.77 (m, 4H), 2.10-2.23 (m, 2H), 2.26-2.38 (m, 2H), 4.95 (s, 2H), 6.18 (t, 1H), 7.14 (t, 1 H), 7.17 (d, 2H), 7.34 (d, 2H), 7.40 (d, 2H), 7.64 (dd, 2H), 7.85 (d, 2H), 8.55 (s, 1 H). Microanalysis: Calculated for C27H24N2O3Cl2: C, 65.46%; H, 4.88%; N, 5.65%. Found: C, 65.43%; H, 5.10%; N, 5.66%.
Step 3: (RS)-3-(4-H -(4-Cvclohex-1 -enylphenv0-3-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)ureidomethyribenzoyl- aminol-2-fluoropropionic acid methyl ester
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): 51.52-1.75 (m, 4H), 2.10-2.40 (m, 4H), 3.60-3.81 (m, 5H), 4.95 (s, 2H),
5.04-5.35 (m, 1 H), 6.18 (m, 1 H), 7.10-7.80 (m, 11H), 8.55 (s, 1 H), 8.75 (t, 1 H), 13.45 (br s,
1 H).
Step 4:
Hydrolysis of (RS)-3-{4-[1 -(4-cyclohex-1 -enylphenyl)-3-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)ureidomethyl]- benzoylamino}-2-fIuoropropionic acid methyl ester in a mixture of THF and methanol afforded the title compound.
1H-NMR (DMSO-de): 1.59-1.72 (m, 4H), 2.15-2.33 (m, 4H), 3.58-3.81 (m, 2H), 4.96 (s, 2H), 5.17-5.23 (m, 1 H), 6.18 (m, 1 H), 7.13-7.80 (m, 11 H), 8.54 (s, 1 H), 8.73 (t, 1H), 13.45 (br s, 1H).
Example 24 (General procedure (A))
(R)-3-{4-[1-(4-Cvclohexylphenyl)-3-(4-trifluoromethylsulfanylphenyl)ureidomethyl1benzoyl- aminol-2-hvdroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000086_0001
Step 2: 4-H -(4-Cvclohexylphenvπ-3-(4-trifluoromethylsulfanylphenyl)ureidomethvnbenzoic acid methyl ester
4-((4-Cyclohexylphenylamino)methyl)benzoic acid methyl ester (0.32 g, 1 mmol) was suspended in acetonitrile (5 mL) and 4-(trifluoromethylthio)phenyl isocyanate (0.24 g, 1.1 mmol) was added. Additional amounts (0.05 g) of the isocyanate was added after the first day and again after the second day (0.05 g). The reaction was stopped on the third day and concen- trated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (30 g) using ethyl acetate: n-heptane (400 mL 1 :4 and 100 mL 1 :1) as eluent to afford 0.53 g of 4-[1- (4-cyclohexylphenyl)-3-(4-trifluoromethylsulfanylphenyl)ureidomethyl]benzoic acid methyl ester.
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): 51.16-1.43 (m, 5H), 1.65-1.82 (m, 5H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 4.99 (s, 2H), 8.62 (s, 1 H); HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 543 (M+1 ); Rt = 9.35 min.
Step 2a: 4-H -(4-Cvclohexylphenyl)-3-(4-trifluoromethylsulfanylphenyl)ureidomethvnbenzoic acid
4-[1-(4-Cyclohexylphenyl)-3-(4-trifluoromethylsulfanylphenyl)ureidomethyl]benzoic acid methyl ester (0.53 g, 0.98 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (96%, 11 mL) and sodium hydroxide (4 N, 1.47 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred overnight. The reaction was concentrated to dryness and added water (15 mL) and acidified with hydrochloric acid (4 N, 1.6 mL) to pH 2-3 and extracted with ethyl acetate (25 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted once more with ethyl acetate (15 mL) and the combined organic phases were washed 3 times with water (10 mL), dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Crystallisation from ethyl acetate:n-heptane gave 0.34 g of 4-[1-(4-cyclohexylphenyl)-3-(4-trifluoro- methylsulfanylphenyl)ureidomethyl]benzoic acid.
1H-NMR (DMSO-de): 51.5-1.42 (m, 5H), 1.67-1.83 (m, 5H), 2.45 (m, 1 H), 5.00 (s, 2H), 7.15- 7.25 (dd, 4H), 7.40 (d, 2H), 7.54-7.63 (dd, 4H), 7.88 (d, 2H), 7.62 (s, 1 H), 12.90 (broad, 1 H), HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 529 (M+1); Rt = 8.55 min; M.p. 162.0-164.0 °C.
Microanalysis: Calculated for C28H27F3N2O3S: C, 63.62%; H, 5.15%; N, 5.30%. Found: C, 63.97%; H, 5.28%; N, 5.26%.
Step 3: (R)-3-f4-M -(4-Cvclohexylphenyl)-3-(4-trifluoromethylsulfanylphenyl)ureidomethyll- benzoylaminol-2-hvdroxypropionic acid methyl ester
4-[1 -(4-Cyclohexylphenyl)-3-(4-trifluoromethylsulfanylphenyl)ureidomethyl]benzoic acid (0.32 g, 0.606 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (7 mL) and HOAt (0.10 g, 0.727 mmol) and EDAC (0.14 g, 0.727 mmol) were added. The mixture was stirred for 30 min. Then (R)-3-amino-2- hydroxypropionic acid methyl ester hydrochloride (0.14 g) and diisopropylethylamine (0.16 mL, 0.909 mmol) were added. The reaction was stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was transferred to a separatory funnel with ethyl acetate (30 mL) and water (15 mL) and extracted. The aqueous phase was extracted once more with ethyl acetate (15 mL) and the combined organic phases were washed with hydrochloric acid (0.2 N, 3 x 10 mL) and an aqueous solution of saturated sodium chloride (3 x 10 mL), dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified on a column (silica gel, 30 g) using a mixture of ethyl acetate and n-heptane (200 mL, 40:60 and 450 mL 1 :1 ) as eluent to afford 0.33 g of (R)-3-{4-[1-(4-cyclohexylphenyl)-3-(4-trifluoromethylsulfanylphenyl)- ureidomethyl]benzoylamino}-2-hydroxypropionic acid methyl ester.
1H-NMR (DMSO-de) 51.16-1.43 (m, 5H), 1.66-1.81 (m, 5H), 2.47 (m, 1 H), 3.4 (m, 1 H), 3.51 (m, 1 H), 3.63 (s, 3H), 4.22 (q, 1 H), 4.97 (s, 2H), 5.73 (d, 1 H), 7.2 (dd, (4H), 7.35 (d, 2H), 7.60 (dd, 4H), 7.76 (d, 2H), 8.50 (t, 1H), 8.60 (s, 1 H), HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 630 (M+1); Rt = 8.07 min.
Step 4:
(R)-3-{4-[1-(4-Cyclohexylphenyl)-3-(4-trifluoromethylsulfanylphenyl)ureidomethyl]benzoyl- amino}-2-hydroxypropionic acid methyl ester (0.32 g, 0.508 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (15 mL) and sodium hydroxide (4 N, 0.76 mL, 3.05 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1.5 hour. The reaction was evaporated and added water (15 mL) and acidified with hydrochloric acid (4 N, 0.8 mL). The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted once more with ethyl acetate (15 mL) and the combined organic phases were washed with water (3 x 10 mL), dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated to give the title compound (0.3 g).
1H-NMR (DMSO-de): 51.12-1.42 (m, 5H), 1.66-1.82 (m, 5H), 2.45 (m, 1 H), 3.38 (m, 1 H), 3.54 (m, 1 H), 4.17 (q, 1 H), 4.96 (s, 2H), 5.45 (broad, 1 H), 7.20 (dd, 4H), 7.34 (d, 2H), 7.60 (dd, 4H), 7.78 (d, 2H), 8.45 (t, 1H), 8.60 (s, 1 H), 12.53 (broad, 1H), HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 616 (M+1); Rt = 7.68 min.
Microanalysis: Calculated for C3ιH32F3N3O5S: C, 60.48%; H, 5.24%; N, 6.83%. Found: C, 60.25%; H, 5.52%; N, 6.53%. Example 25 (General procedure (A))
(R)-3-{4-ri-(4-Cvclohexen-1-ylphenyl)-3-(3-methanesulfonyl-4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)ureido- methyllbenzoylamino)-2-hydroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000089_0001
Preparation of 3-methylsulfonyl-4-trifluoromethoχyphenyl isocyanate, intermediate D-N=C=O used in step 2:
To a solution of methyl iodide (59.0 g, 0.41 mol) in DMF (150 mL) was added potassium carbonate (23.0 g, 0.16 mol). 2-(Trifluoromethoxy)thiophenol (16.0 g, 0.08 mol) was added in portions during 30 min. The reaction mixture was then stirred vigorously overnight. Water (250 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 150 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with a 50% saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride (4 x 100 mL), dried (magnesium sulphate), and concentrated in vacuo to give 15.0 g of 1-methylsulfanyl-2-trifluoromethoxybenzene.
1-Methylsulfanyl-2-trifluoromethoxybenzene (15.0 g, 72 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (200 mL) and m-chloroperoxybenzoic acid (39.0 g, 216 mmol) was added in small portions during 30 min. The reaction mixture was then allowed to stand overnight. DCM (200 mL) was added followed by slow addition of sodium hydroxide (2 N, 200 mL). The organic phase was separated and washed with sodium hydroxide (2 N, 3 x 150 mL), dried (magnesium sulphate) and concentrated in vacuo to give 15.8 g of 1-methylsulfonyl-2-trifluoromethoxybenzene
1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3): 58.11 (d, 1 H), 7.71 (t, 1H), 7.48 (m, 2H) 3.23(s 1 H); M.p. 44-46 °C.
Microanalysis: Calculated for C8H7F3O3S: C, 40.00%; H, 2.94%. Found: C, 40.22%; H, 2.92%. 1-Methylsulfonyl-2-trifluoromethoxybenzene (15.7 g, 65 mmol) was dissolved in concentrated sulfuric acid (27 mL) and the solution was heated to 40 °C. Nitric acid (100%, 27 mL) was added dropwise over 45 min. The reaction mixture was allowed to stand overnight at 60 °C, cooled, and then poured on crushed ice (300 mL). The precipitated product was isolated by filtration, washed with water (10 x 50 mL) and dried (magnesium sulphate), affording 17.5 g of 3-methylsulfonyl-4-trifluoromethoxynitrobenzene.
1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 8.69 (d, 1 H), 8.64 (d, 1 H), 7.95 (d, 1 H) 3.45 (s 3H); M.p. 102-104 °C.
Microanalysis: Calculated for C8H6F3NO5S: C, 33.69%; H, 2.12%; N, 4.91 %. Found: C, 33.91%; H, 2.08%; N, 4.92%.
3-Methylsulfonyl-4-trifluoromethoxynitrobenzene (17.5 g) was dissolved in methanol (400 mL) followed by addition of palladium on carbon (10%, 50% water, 3.2 g). The reaction mixture was hydrogenated for 17 hours at 1 atm of hydrogen, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give 14.3 g of 3-methylsulfonyl-4-trifluoromethoxyaniline.
1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 7.26 (d, 1 H), 7.14 (d, 1H), 6.85 (dd, 1H) 5.89(s, 2H) 3.21 (s, 3H); M.p. 106-109 °C.
Microanalysis: Calculated for CaH8F3NO3S: 37.65% C, 3.16% H, 5.49% N. Found: 37.65% C, 3.14% H, 5.45% N.
To 3-methylsulfonyl-4-trifluoromethoxyaniline (2.0 mmol, 500 mg) dissolved in ethyl acetate (6 mL) was added 3 N hydrochloric acid in ethyl acetate (5 mL) followed by concentration in vacuo. The residue was treated with toluene (3 x 5 mL) and each time concentrated in vacuo. To the residue was added toluene (10 mL) and diphosgene (6 mmol, 0.73 mL) under a nitrogen atmosphere and the suspension was gently refluxed for 2 hours. Additional diphosgene (6 mmol, 0.73 mL) was added and refluxing was continued overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to afford 3-methylsulfonyl-4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl iso- cyanate. Step 3: (R)-3-{4-ri-(4-cvclohexen-1-ylphenyl)-3-(3-methanesulfonyl-4-trifluoromethoxy- phenyl)ureidomethyllbenzoylamino)-2-hvdroχypropionic acid methyl ester
This intermediate was prepared using general procedure (A) (steps 1 , 2, 2a, and 3).
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): 51.60 (m, 2H), 1.72 (m, 2H), 2.18 (m, 2H), 2.36 (m, 2H), 3.27 (s, 3H), 3.41 (m, 1H), 3.51 (m, 1H), 3.61 (s, 3H), 4.23 (q, 1H), 4.96 (s, 2H), 5.70 (d, 1H), 6.18 (m, 1 H), 7.19 (d, 2H), 7.33 (d, 2H), 7.39 (d, 2H), 7.53 (d, 1H), 7.75 (d, 2H), 8.00 (d, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1 H), 8.50 (t, 1 H), 8.85 (s, 1 H); HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 690 (M+1 ); Rt = 6.92 min.
Step 4:
Hydrolysis of (R)-3-{4-[1 -(4-cyclohexen-1 -ylphenyl)-3-(3-methanesulfonyl-4-trifluoromethoxy- phenyl)ureidomethyl]benzoylamino}-2-hydroxypropionic acid methyl afforded the title compound.
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): 51.60 (m, 2H), 1.72 (m, 2H), 2.18 (m, 2H), 2.36 (m, 2H), 3.27 (s, 3H), 3.41 (m, 1 H), 3.51 (m, 1 H), 4.17 (t, 1 H), 4.96 (s, 2H), 5.50 (broad, 1 H), 6.18 (m, 1 H), 7.19 (d, 2H), 7.33 (d, 2H), 7.39 (d, 2H), 7.53 (d, 1 H), 7.75 (d, 2H), 8.00 (d, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 8.50 (t, 1 H), 8.85 (s, 1 H), 12.55 (broad, 1 H); HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 676 (M+1); Rt = 6.50 min.
Example 26 (General procedure (A)) rrar?s-(R)-3-(4-r-3-(3.5-bis(methyl)phenyl)-1-(4-te/f-butylcvclohexyl)ureidomethvnbenzoyl- amino}-2-hvdroxvpropi onic acid
Figure imgf000091_0001
Steps 1 and 2: rra ?s-4-r3-(3.5-bis(methyl)phenyl)-1-(te/ -butylcvclohexyl)ureidomethyl1- benzoic acid methyl ester
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): 50.82 (s, 9H), 0.93 (m, 1H), 1.11 (m, 2H), 1.41 (m, 2H), 1.71 (m, 4H), 2.23 (s, 6H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 4.09 (m, 1H), 4.61 (s, 2H), 6.60 (s, 1 H), 7.08 (s, 2H), 7.38 (d, 2H), 7.90 (d, 2H), 8.20 (s, 1 H); HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 451 (M+1); Rt = 8.93 min.
Step 2a: Trans-4-]3-(3.5-bis(methyl)phenyl)-1-(tetf-butylcvclohexyl)ureidomethyl1benzoic acid The compound was prepared by hydrolysis of frans-4-[3-(3,5-bis(methyl)phenyl)-1-(fert-butyl- cyclohexyl)ureidomethyl]benzoic acid methyl ester.
1H-NMR (DMSO-de): 50.82 (s, 9H), 0.93 (m, 1 H), 1.11 (m, 2H), 1.41 (m, 2H), 1.71 (m, 4H), 2.23 (s, 6H), 4.09 (m, 1 H), 4.61 (s, 2H), 6.60 (s, 1 H), 7.08 (s, 2H), 7.38 (d, 2H), 7.90 (d, 2H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 12.82 (s, 1 H); HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 437 (M+1); Rt = 8.00 min.
Microanalysis: Calculated for C27H36N2O3: C, 74.28%; H, 8.31 %; N, 6.42%. Found: C, 74.31%; H, 8.40%; N, 6.35%.
Step 3: Trans-(R -3-f4-r-3-(3.5-bis(methyl)phenvn-1 -(4-ferf-butylcvclohexynureidomethvH- benzoylamino>-2-hvdroxypropionic acid methyl ester:
This compound was prepared from rans-4-[3-(3,5-bis(methyl)phenyl)-1-(tetτ-butylcyclo- hexyl)ureidomethyl]benzoic acid.
1H-NMR (DMSO-de): 50.82 (s, 9H), 0.93 (m, 1 H), 1.11 (m, 2H), 1.43 (m, 2H), 1.71 (m, 4H), 2.23 (s, 6H), 3.42 (m, 1 H), 3.52 (m, 1 H), 3.63 (s, 3H), 4.05 (m, 1 H), 4.23 (q, 1 H), 4.59 (s, 2H), 5.70 (d, 1 H), 6.58 (s, 1 H), 7.08 (s, 2H), 7.30 (d, 2H), 7.78 (d, 2H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 8.47 (t, 1 H); HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 538 (M+1); Rt = 7.43 min; M.p. 159-160 °C.
Microanalysis: Calculated for C31H43N3O5: C, 69.25%; H, 8.06%; N, 7.81%. Found: C, 69.03%; H, 8.15%; N, 7.79%. Step 4:
Hydrolysis of t/ans-(R)-3-{4-[-3-(3,5-bis(methyl)phenyl)-1 -(4-fe/f-butylcyclohexyl)ureido- methyl]benzoylamino}-2-hydroxypropionic acid methyl ester afforded the title compound.
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): 50.82 (s, 9H), 0.93 (m, 1 H), 1.11 (m, 2H), 1.43 (m, 2H), 1.71 (m, 4H), 2.23 (s, 6H), 3.40 (m, 1H), 3.55 (m, 1 H), 4.05 (m, 1 H), 4.18 (t, 1 H), 4.59 (s, 2H), 6.58 (s, 1 H), 7.08 (s, 2H), 7.30 (d, 2H), 7.78 (d, 2H), 8.18 (s, 1 H), 8.47 (t, 1 H); HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 524 (M+1); Rt = 7.08 min.
Microanalysis: Calculated for C30H41N3O5, VA H2O: C, 65.43%; H, 8.05%; N, 7.63%. Found: C, 65.54%; H, 7.93%; N, 7.44%.
Example 27 (General procedure (A)) (R)-3-{4-ri-(4-Cvclohexylphenyπ-3-(3,5-dichlorophenyl')ureidomethyl1benzoylamino>-2- hydroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000093_0001
1H-NMR (CDCI3): 57.64 (d, 2H), 7.49 (br s, 1H), 7.25-7.15 (m, 6H), 7.03 (d, 2H), 6.90 (m, 1 H), 6.40 (s, 1 H), 4.75 (s, 2H), 4.30 (br s, 1 H), 3.80-3.60 (m, 2H), 2.49 (m, 1 H), 1.90-1.65 (m, 5H), 1.45-1.25 (m, 5H); HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 584 (M+1); Rt = 5.28 min.
Example 28 (General procedure (A))
(R)-(3-f4-ri-(4-Cvclohex-1-enylphenyl)-3-(3-fluoro-5-trifluoromethylphenvπureidomethyll- benzoylamino)-2-hvdroχypropionic acid
Figure imgf000094_0001
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): 58.75 (s, 1 H), 8.42 (t, 1 H), 7.75 (d, 4H), 7.45-7.30 (m, 4H), 7.20 (d, 3H), 6.20 (s, 1 H), 4.96 (s, 2H), 4.15 (dd, 1 H), 3.55 (m, 1 H), 3.40 (m, 1 H), 2.35 (br s, 2H), 2.15 (br s, 2H). 1.75-1.55 (m, 4 H); HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 600 (M+1); Rt = 5.01 min.
Example 29 (General procedure (A))
(R)-3-(4-ri-(4-Cvclohexylphenyl)-3-(3-methylsulfanylphenyl)ureidomethyllbenzoylamino)-2- hydroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000094_0002
1H-NMR (DMSO-de): 512.2 (br s, 1 H), 8.44 (t, 1 H), 8.20 (s, 1 H), 7.78 (m, 2H), 7.40 (s, 1 H), 7.33 (m, 2H), 7.25-7.10 (m, 6H), 6.84 (d, 1 H), 4.95 (s, 1H), 4.15 (dd, 1H), 3.55 (m, 1 H), 3.38 (m, 1 H). 2.42 (s, 3H) 1.85-1.65 (m, 5H), 1.40-1.15 ( , 5H); HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 562 (M+1); Rt = 4.77 min. Example 30 (General procedure (A))
(R)-3-f4-π-(4-Cvclohex-1-enylphenyl)-3-(2,2.4,4-tetrafluoro-4H-benzoπ ,31dioxin-6-vnureido- methvnbenzoylamino)-2-hvdroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000095_0001
1H-NMR (CDCI3): 57.70-7.50 (m, 3H), 7.45-7.30 (m, 4H), 7.25-6.85 (m, 6H), 6.12 (s, 1 H), 4.80 (s, 2H), 4.28 (m, 1H), 3.70 (m, 2H), 2.40-2.00 (m, 4H), 1.70-1.55 (m, 4H); HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 644 (M+1); Rt = 5.13 min.
Example 31 (General procedure (A))
3-{4-[1-(4-Cvclohex-1-enylphenyl)-3-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)ureidomethvπbenzoylamino)-2(R)- methoxypropionic acid:
Figure imgf000095_0002
Step 3:
4-[1-(4-Cyclohex-1-enylphenyl)-3-(3,5-dichloro-phenyl)ureidomethyl]benzoic acid (500 mg, 1.0 mmol), HOBt (184 mg, 1.2 mmol) and EDAC (232 mg; 1.2 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of DCM (4.0 mL) and DMF (1.0 mL). The clear solution was stirred at ambient temperature for 1 hour. A solution of 3-amino-2(R)-methoxypropionic acid methyl ester hydrochloride (257 mg, 1.5 mmol) in DCM (2.0 mL) and DMF (0.2 L) was added followed by diisopro- pylethylamine (515 μL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, then diluted with DCM (40 mL) and washed once with a mixture of saturated sodium chloride/water (1 :2). The organic phase was dried with anhydrous sodium sulphate and taken to dryness in vacuo. Step 4:
The oil was dissolved in a mixture of THF (4.0 mL) and methanol (4.0 mL). 4 N Aqueous sodium hydroxide was added (625 μL, 2.5 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The pH was adjusted to 3.0 with 1 N hydrochloric acid, then solvent was removed. The product was re-dissolved in ethyl acetate (20 mL) and washed once with water (20 mL). The water phase was back-extracted once with ethyl acetate (10 mL) and the combined organic extracts were washed with sodium chloride (2 x 20 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulphate. After removal of solvent, 230 mg (67%) of pure title compound was obtained.
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): 512.90 (bs, 1H), 8.55 (s, 1 H), 8.54 (t, 1 H), 7.76 (d, 2H), 7.63 (s, 2H), 7.41 (d, 2H), 7.34 (d, 2H), 7.20 (d, 2H), 7.15 (s, 1H), 6.18 (s, 1H), 4.95 (s, 2H), 3.90 (dd, 1 H), 3.57 (m, 1 H), 3.42 (m, 1 H), 3.29 (s, 3H), 2.34 (m, 2H), 2.16 (m, 2H), 1.70 (m, 2H), 1.59 (m, 2H); HPLC-MS (method B): m/z = 596.2 (M+1); Rt = 5.93 min.
Example 32 (General procedure (A))
3-(4-(3-(3.5-Dichlorophenyl)-1-l'4-(2-methylcvclohex-1-enyl)phenvnureidomethyl)benzoyl- amino)-2-(R)-hvdroxypropionic acid and (R,S)-3-(4-{3-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-1-r4-(6- methylcvclohex-1-enyl)phenyllureidomethyl)benzoylamino)-2-(R)-hvdroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000096_0001
Using the mixture of 4-(2-methylcyclohex-1-enyl)aniline and (R,S)-4-(6-methylcyclohex-1- enyl)aniline (building block 11) and (R)-3-amino-2-hydroxypropionic acid methyl ester (building block 5) according to the general procedure (A) the title compounds was obtained.
(R,S)-3-(4-{3-(3,5-Dichlorophenyl)-1-[4-(6-methylcyclohex-1-enyl)phenyl]ureidomethyl}- benzoylamino)-2(R)-hydroxypropionic acid :
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): 51 ,55 (s,3H), 1 ,63 (bs,4H), 2,03 (bs,2H), 2,19 (bs,2H), 3,47 (dm,2H), 4,16 (m,1H), 4,96 (s,2H), 5,49 (bs,1H), 7,15 (m,5H), 7,33 (d,2H), 7,61 (s,2H), 7,78 (d,2H), 8,45 (t,1H), 8,65 (s,1H), 12,53 (bs,1 H); M.p.: 105-107 °C; HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 596 (M+); Rt = 5,34 min.
3-(4-{3-(3,5-Dichlorophenyl)-1-[4-(6-methylcyclohex-1-enyl)phenyl]ureidomethyl}benzoyl- amino)-2(R)-hydroxypropionic acid:
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): 50,90 (ds,3H), 1 ,63 (bs,4H), 2,03 (bs,2H), 2,19 (bs,2H), 3,47 (dm,2H),
4,16 (m,1 H), 4,96 (s,2H), 5,49 (bs,1 H), 5,93 (t,1 H), 7,15 (m,5H), 7,33 (d,2H), 7,61 (s,2H),
7,78 (d,2H), 8,45 (t,1 H), 8,62 (s,1 H), 12,53 (bs,1 H).
Example 33 (General procedure (A))
3-{4-ri-r4-(4-tetf-Butylcvclohex-1-enyl)phenvn-3-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)ureidomethyllbenzoyl- amino)-2-(R)-hvdroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000097_0001
Using 4-(4-fetτ-butylcyclohex-1-enyl)aniline (building block 12) and (R)-3-amino-2-hydroxy- propionic acid methyl ester (building block 5) according to the general procedure (A) the title compound was obtained.
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): 50,88 (s,9H), 1 ,23 (m,2H), 1 ,93(m,2H), 2,27 (m,3H), 3,47 (dm,2H), 4,16 (dd,1 H), 4,95 (s,2H), 6,19 (m,1 H), 7,13 (m1 H), 7,18 (d,2H), 7,33 (d,2H), 7,39 (d,2H),
7,62 (s,2H), 7,77 (d,2H), 8,44 (t,1 H), 8,55 (s,1 H), 12,53 (bs,1 H); M.p.: 151-155 °C; HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 638 (M+); Rt = 6,04 min. Example 34 (General procedure (A))
(R.S)-3-(4-(3-(3,5-Dichlorophenyl)-1-(4-(5-methylcvclohex-1-envnphenyl)ureidomethvn- benzoylamino)-2-hvdroxypropionic acid and (R,S -3-(4-(3-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-1-(4-(3- methylcvclohex-1-enyl)phenyl)ureidomethyl)benzoylamino)-2-hvdroχypropionic acid
Figure imgf000098_0001
Using the mixture of (R,S)-4-(5-methylcyclohex-1-enyI)aniline and (R,S)-4-(3-methylcyclohex- 1-enyl)aniline (building block 13) according to the general procedure (A) gave a mixture (6:4) of the title compounds.
(R,S)-3-(4-(3-(3,5-Dichlorophenyl)-1-(4-(5-methylcyclohex-1-enyl)phenyl)ureidomethyl)- benzoylamino)-2-hydroxypropionic acid:
1H-NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-d6): 51.02 (d, 3H), 1.15-1-24 (m, 1 H), 1.61-1.96 (m, 3H), 2.14- 2.44 (m, 3H), 3.40 (t, 2H), 3.47-3.62 (m, 1H), 4.10-4.19 (m,1 H), 4.95 (s, 2H), 6.16 (t, 1 H), 7.14 (t, 1 H), 7.17 (d, 2H), 7.34 (d, 2H), 7.39 (d, 2H), 7.61 (d, 2H), 7.76 (d, 2H), 8.44 (t, 1 H), 8.56 (s, 1H), 12.08 (s br, 1 H).
(R,S)-3-(4-(3-(3,5-Dichlorophenyl)-1-(4-(3-methylcyclohex-1-enyl)phenyl)ureidomethyl)- benzoylamino)-2-hydroxypropionic acid: 1H-NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-d6): 51.02 (d, 3H), 1.15-1-24 (m, 1 H), 1.61-1.96 (m, 3H), 2.14- 2.44 (m, 3H), 3.40 (t, 2H), 3.47-3.62 (m, 1H), 4.10-4.19 (m,1H), 4.95 (s, 2H), 6.04 (d, 1H), 7.14 (t, 1H), 7.17 (d, 2H), 7.34 (d, 2H), 7.39 (d, 2H), 7.61 (d, 2H), 7.76 (d, 2H), 8.44 (t, 1H), 8.53 (s, 1 H), 12.08 (s br, 1H). Example 35
3-{4-r3-ri (S)-(4-Chlorophenyl)ethyl1-1-(4-cvclohexylphenyl)ureidomethvnbenzoylamino)-2(f?)- hvdroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000099_0001
4- (4-Cvclohexylphenylamino)methvπbenzoic acid methyl ester
Methyl 4-formylbenzoate (47 g, 285 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (400 mL) and a solution of 4-cyclohexylaniline (50 g, 0.285 mmol) in methanol (200 mL) is slowly added with mechanical stirring. More methanol (1 L) was added and the suspension was stirred at room temperature for 3 days. Filtration, washing and drying in vacuo afforded 90.7 g (99%) of 4- [(4-cyclohexylphenylimino)methyl]benzoic acid methyl ester. This was dissolved in N- methylpyrrolidone (855 mL) and methanol (45 mL). With mechanical stirring sodium borohydride pellets (42.4 g, 1.12 mol) was added in portions keeping the temperature below 40 °C. The mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 2 hours and at 40 °C for 16 hours. The mixture was cooled to 5 °C and water (2 L) was slowly added. Then acetone (350 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred at 5 °C for 1 hour. Filtration, washing with water (2 x 500 mL) and drying in vacuo afforded 78 g (86%) of 4-[(4-cyclohexylphenylamino)- methyljbenzoic acid methyl ester as a solid.
1H-NMR (CDCI3): 51.2-1.4 (5H, m), 1.7-1.85 (5H, m), 2.39 (1H, m), 3.97 (3H, s), 4.04 (1H, bs), 4.39 (2H, s), 6.55 (2H, d), 7.01 (2H, d), 7.44 (2H, d), 8.00 (2H, d).
Λ/-Chlorocarbamoyl-4-r(4-cvclohexylphenylamino)methynbenzoic acid methyl ester 4-[(4-Cyclohexylphenylamino)methyl]benzoic acid methyl ester (75 g, 0.23 mol) was dis- solved in THF (750 mL). Diisopropylethylamine (56.0 mL, 0.32 mmol) and 4-dimethylamino- pyridine (1.0 g; 8.1 mmol) were added. The solution was cooled to 5 °C. Bis(trichloromethyl)- carbonate (28.0 g, 0.093 mol) was added in small portions while maintaining the internal reaction temperature below 10 °C. The mixture was stirred for a further 2 hours at 10 °C, and then transferred to a separatory funnel. Ethyl acetate (800 mL) and water (1000 mL) were added. After mixing, the organic layer was separated, dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated to dryness by rotary evaporation in vacuo. The product was obtained quantitatively as a stable hard crystalline material.
1H-NMR (CDCI3): 7.92 (d, 2H); 7.40 (d, 2H); 7.25 (d, 2H); 7.17 (d, 2H); 4.98 (s, 2H); 3.83 (s, 3H); 2.5 (m, 1 H); 1.65-1.80 (m, 5 H); 1.15-1.40 (m, 5 H).
Λ/-Chlorocarbamoyl-4-r(4-cyclohexylphenylamino)methyllbenzoic acid methyl ester 4-[(4-Cyclohexylphenylamino)methyl]benzoic acid methyl ester (75 g, 0.23 mol) was dissolved in THF (750 mL). Diisopropylethylamine (56.0 mL, 0.32 mmol) and 4-dimethylamino- pyridine (1.0 g, 8.1 mmol) were added. The solution was cooled to 5 °C. Bis(trichloromethyl)- carbonate (28.0 g, 0.093 mol) was added in small portions while maintaining the internal reaction temperature below 10 °C. The mixture was stirred for a further 2 hours at 10 °C, and then transferred to a separatory funnel. Ethyl acetate (800 mL) and water (1000 mL) were added. After mixing, the organic layer was separated, dried with anhydrous sodium sulphate, and concentrated to dryness by rotary evaporation in vacuo. The product was obtained quantitatively as a stable hard crystalline material.
1H-NMR (CDCI3): £7.92 (d, 2H), 7.40 (d, 2H), 7.25 (d, 2H), 7.17 (d, 2H), 4.98 (s, 2H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 2.5 (m, 1 H), 1.65-1.80 (m, 5 H), 1.15-1.40 (m, 5 H).
4-r3-f1 (S)-(4-Chlorophenyl)ethyn-1-(4-cvclohexylphenyl)ureidomethyl1benzoic acid methyl ester
A 2 L reaction flask equipped with mechanical stirring was charged with Λ/-chlorocarbamoyl-
4-[(4-cyclohexylphenylamino)methyl]benzoic acid methyl ester (94 g, 0.244 mol), Λ/-methyl-2- pyrrolidinone (1.0 L) and triethylamine (68 mL, 0.487 mol). To the clear solution was added drop wise (S)-1-(4-chlorophenyl)ethylamine (38.0 g, 0.244 mol), keeping the internal reaction temperature below 30 °C. Stirring was continued for 2 hours, then the reaction mixture was partitioned between water (1.0 L) and ethyl acetate (1.0 L). After extensive mixing, the organic layer was separated, and washed with a 5% aqueous solution of citric acid (500 mL), and saturated ammonium chloride (500 mL), before drying with anhydrous sodium sulphate. Solvent was removed, and the residual oil was evaporated once from acetonitrile. This product was sufficiently pure for further synthesis. Yield: 103 g (84%). 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): 57.88 (d, 2H), 7.32 (d, 2H), 7.30 (d, 4H), 7.19 (d, 2H), 7.08 (d, 2H), 6.28 (d, 1 H), 4.88 (dd, 2H), 4.76 (m, 1 H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 2.44 (m, 1 H), 1.65-1.80 (m, 5 H), 1.15- 1.40 (m, 5 H); HPLC-MS (method B): m/z = 505 (M+1); Rt = 6.17 min.
4-f3-π (S)-(4-Chlorophenyl)ethvn-1 -(4-cvclohexylphenyl)ureidomethvnbenzoic acid
4-[3-[1 (S)-(4-Chlorophenyl)ethyl]-1-(4-cyclohexylphenyl)ureidomethyl]benzoic acid methyl ester (35.0 g, 69.3 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (400 mL). 4 N aqueous sodium hydroxide (100 mL) was added and the clear solution was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The solution was neutralised with 4 N hydrochloric acid (100 mL), and placed upon an ice bath to initiate crystallization. The crystals were collected, washed extensively with water, and dried in vacuo overnight. Yield: 34.25 g (100%).
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): 512.85 (bs, 1 H), 7.85 (d, 2H), 7.32 (d, 2H), 7.30 (d, 4H), 7.19 (d, 2H), 7.08 (d, 2H), 6.27 (d, 1 H), 4.85 (m, 3H), 2.45 (m, 1 H), 1.65-1.80 (m, 5 H), 1.15-1.40 (m, 5 H); HPLC-MS (method B): m/z = 491 (M+1); Rt = 5.50 min.
3-f4-r3-ri (S)-(4-Chlorophenyl)ethvn-1-(4-cvclohexylphenyl)ureidomethvnbenzoylamino)-2(R)- hvdroxypropionic acid methyl ester 4-[3-[1(S)-(4-Chlorophenyl)ethyl]-1-(4-cyclohexylphenyl)ureidomethyl]benzoic acid (200 mg, 0.4 mmol), HOBt (75 mg, 0.5 mmol), and EDAC (94 mg, 0.5 mmol) were dissolved in a mixture of DMF (200 μL) and DCM (2 mL). The clear solution was stirred at room temperature for 90 min. A solution of R-isoserine methyl ester hydrochloride (95 mg, 0.6 mmol) in a mixture of DCM (1.0 mL) and DMF (0.4 mL) was added, and the reaction mixture was left stirring at ambient temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was partitioned between DCM (20 mL) and water (20 mL). The organic phase was separated and washed with a mixture of brine and water (1:2), dried with anhydrous sodium sulphate and evaporated to dryness. The residue was subsequently evaporated from acetonitrile, to give a quantitative yield of title material.
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): 58.48 (t, 1H), 7.73 (d, 2H), 7.34 (d, 2H), 7.30 (d, 2H), 7.24 (d, 2H), 7.18 (d, 2H), 7.08 (d, 2H), 6.27 (d, 1H), 5.70 (d, 1 H), 4.34 (m, 1 H), 4.32 (d, 2H), 4.22 (q, 1 H), 3.62 (s, 3H), 3.52 (m, 1 H), 3.40 (m, 1 H), 1.65-1.80 (m, 5H), 1.10-1.40 (m, 9H). 3-{4-r3-f1 (SV(4-Chlorophenvπethvn-1-(4-cvclohexylphenvπureidomethvnbenzoylamino)-2(RV hvdroxypropionic acid
3-{4-[3-[1 (S)-(4-Chlorophenyl)ethyl]-1-(4-cyclohexylphenyl)ureidomethyl]benzoylamino}-2(R)- hydroxypropionic acid methyl ester (280 mg, 0.473 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of THF (2.5 mL) and methanol (2.5 mL) and 4 N aqueous sodium hydroxide (0.355 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The pH was adjusted to 3.0 by addition of 1 N hydrochloric acid. Solvent was removed by rotary evaporation in vacuo and the residue re-dissolved in ethyl acetate (10 mL). The organic phase was washed twice with water and once with brine, and then concentrated to dryness in vacuo leaving the title compound as a powder. Yield: 168 mg (89%).
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): 58.46 (t, 1 H), 7.75 (d, 2H), 7.35 (d, 2H), 7.31 (d, 2H), 7.25 (d, 2H), 7.19 (d, 2H), 7.08 (d, 2H), 6.28 (d, 2H), 4.85 (m, 1 H), 4.80 (d, 2H), 4.15 (m, 1 H), 3.55 (m, 1 H), 3.40 (m, 1 H), 1.65-1.80 (m, 5H), 1.10-1.40 (m, 9H); HPLC-MS (method B): m/z = 579 (M+1); Rt = 5.27 min.
Example 36
3-{4-f3-Biphenyl-2-ylmethyl-1-(4-cvclohexylphenyl)ureidomethyllbenzoylamino)-2(/:?)- hvdroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000102_0001
This compound was prepared similarly as described in example 35 from Λ/-chlorocarbamoyl- 4-[(4-cyclohexylphenylamino)methyl]benzoic acid methyl ester and biphenyl-2-ylmethylamine followed by hydrolysis of the benzoic acid methyl ester, coupling with (R)-isoserine ethyl es- ter hydrochloride. Hydrolysis afforded the title compound.
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): 512.6 (s, 1 H), 8.45 (t, 1 H), 7.78 (d, 2H), 7.45-7.20 (m, 14H), 7.05 (d, 2H), 6.10 (t, 1H), 5.50 (bs, 1H), 4.85 (s, 2H), 4.2 (m, 3H), 3.55 (m, 1 H), 2.45 (m, 1 H), 1.85- 1.70 (m, 5H), 1.40-1.20 (m, 6H); HPLC-MS (method B): m/z = 606 (M+1); Rt = 5.08 min. General procedure (B) for solution phase synthesis of compounds of the general formulae (la) and (lb):
Figure imgf000103_0001
EDAC
HOBt or HOAt
Figure imgf000103_0002
HO/EtOAc ste s
Figure imgf000103_0003
(la)
Figure imgf000103_0004
(lb) wherein R 2 D R3d,
Figure imgf000103_0005
R , A, E and D are as defined for formula (I).
When A is -CHOH- step 6 is performed using 1) BSA and 2) D-N=C=O. Otherwise, step 6 is performed using only D-N=C=O.
The procedure is illustrated further in the following examples. Example 37 (General procedure (B))
(R)-3-{4-r3-(4-Cvano-3-trifluoromethylphenyl)-1-(4-cvclohexylphenyl)ureidomethvnbenzoyl- amino)-2-hvdroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000104_0001
Step 1 is performed using the same method as in general procedure (A).
Step 2: 4-{fterf-ButoxycarbonvH4-cvclohexylphenyl)aminolmethyl)benzoic acid methyl ester 4-((4-Cyclohexylphenylamino)methyl)benzoic acid methyl ester (2.0 g, 6.18 mmol) was sus- pended in sodium hydroxide (1 N, 6.18 mL) and a solution of di-te f-butyldicarbonate (1.67 g, 7.42 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight and was concentrated in vacuo to a solid residue, which was redissolved in diethyl ether (50 mL) and washed with water (25 mL) added sodium hydroxide (1.3 mL, 1 N). The aqueous phase was extracted again with diethyl ether (25 mL) at pH 11-12. The combined organic phases were washed with sodium hydrogen sulphate (30 mL, 10%) and water (3 x 20 mL), dried with magnesium sulphate and concentrated in vacuo. Crystallisation from ethyl acetate and n-heptane afforded 1.98 g of 4-{[te/t-butoxycarbonyl-(4-cyclohexylphenyl)amino]methyl}- benzoic acid methyl ester.
1H-NMR (DMSO-c/6): £ 1.13-1.44 (m, 14H), 1.63-1.81 (m, 5H), 2.46 (m, 1 H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 4.88 (s, 2H), 7.12 (m, 4H), 7:48 (d, 2H), 7.92 (d, 2H); HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 424 (M+1); Rt = 9.10 min; M.p. 99.5-101.0 °C.
Microanalysis: Calculated for C26H33NO4: C, 73.73%; H, 7.85%; N, 3.31 %. Found: C, 73.30%; H, 8.07%; N, 3.26%.
Step 3: 4-frfe -Butoxycarbonyl-(4-cvclohexylphenyl)amino1methyl)benzoic acid 4-{[ferf-Butoxycarbonyl-(4-cyclohexylphenyl)amino]methyl}benzoic acid methyl ester was suspended in ethanol (30 mL) and sodium hydroxide (4 N, 8.1 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight. The mixture was concentrated to dryness, suspended in water (100 mL), acidified with hydrochloric acid (8.5 mL, 4 N) and extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted once more with ethyl acetate (30 mL) and the combined organic phases were washed with water (3 x 50 mL), dried with magnesium sulphate and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was crystallised from a mixture of ethyl acetate and n-heptane to afford 1.75 g of 4-{[tet -butoxycarbonyl-(4-cyclohexylphenyl)amino]methyl}- benzoic acid.
1H-NMR (CDCIs- /e): £ 1.18-1.42 (m, 14H), 1.68-1.87 (m, 5H), 2.46 (m, 1 H), 4.88 (s, 2H), 7.10 (m, 4H), 7.47 (d, 2H), 8.07 (d, 2H); HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 410 (M+1); Rt = 8.15 min; M.p. 192.5-194.5 °C.
Microanalysis: Calculated for C25H31NO4: C, 73.32%; H, 7.63%; N, 3.42%. Found: C, 73.03%; H, 7.86%; N, 3.36%.
Step 4: (R)-3-(4-{rte/^-Butoxycarbonyl-(4-cvclohexylphenyl)aminolmethyl}benzoylamino)-2- hydroxypropionic acid methyl ester 4-{[terf-Butoxycarbonyl-(4-cyclohexylphenyl)amino]methyl}benzoic acid was dissolved in DMF (10 mL) and HOBt (0.40 g, 2.93 mmol) and EDAC (0.52 g, 2.73 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 45 min. Then a solution of (R)-3-amino-2-hydroxy- propionic acid methyl ester in DMF (8 mL) and diisopropylethylamine (0.46 mL) were added. The mixture was stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (40 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (75 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with hydrochloric acid (0.2 N, 3 x 30 mL), water: saturated sodium chloride (3 x 30 mL), dried with magnesium sulphate and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (100 g) using mixtures of ethyl acetate and n-heptane (1 L (1 :1 ) and 0.5 L (7:3)) as eluents to afford 0.77 g (R)-3-(4-{[fer -butoxycarbonyl-(4-cyclohexylphenyl)amino]methyl}benzoylamino)-2- hydroxypropionic acid methyl ester.
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): £ 1.16-1.41 (m, 14H), 1.63-1.81 (m, 5H), 2.46 (m, 1 H), 3.42 (m, 1 H), 3.54 (m, 1 H), 3.62 (s, 3H), 4.24 (m, 1 H), 4.84 (s, 2H), 5.70 (d, 1 H), 7.12 (m, 4H), 7.28 (d, 2H), 7.78 (d, 2H), 8.51 (t, 1 H); HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 511 (M+1 ); R, = 7.63 min. Step 5: (R)-3-{4-r(4-Cyclohexylphenylamino)methvπbenzoylaminol-2-hvdroxypropionic acid methyl ester
(R)-3-(4-{[te/ιf-Butoxycarbonyl-(4-cyclohexylphenyl)amino]methyl}benzoylamino)-2-hydroxy- propionic acid methyl ester was dissolved in ethyl acetate (10 mL) and dry hydrogen chloride in ethyl acetate (3 M, 10 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was suspended in ethyl acetate (15 mL) and concentrated. This was repeated twice. The residue was then suspended in ethyl acetate (10 mL) and placed at 5 °C overnight. The precipitate was filtered and washed with ice-cooled ethyl acetate and dried in vacuo to afford 0.62 g of (R)-3-{4-[(4-cyclohexylphenylamino)- methyl]benzoylamino}-2-hydroxypropionic acid methyl ester.
1H-NMR (DMSO-cfe): £ 1.12-1.43 (m, 5H), 1.63-1.82 (m, 5H), 2.45 (m, 1 H), 3.42 (m, 1 H), 3.53 (m, 1 H), 3.60 (s, 3H), 4.25 (t, 1 H), 4.48 (s, 2H), 7.18 (m, 4H), 7.57 (d, 2H), 7.82 (d, 2H), 8.58 (t, 1 H); HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 411 (M+1 ); Rt =4.93 min.
Step 6: (R -3-{4-r3-(4-Cyano-3-trifluoromethylphenvπ-1-(4-cyclohexylphenyl)ureidomethvπ- benzoylamino)-2-hvdroxypropionic acid methyl ester
5-Amino-2-cyanobenzotrifluoride (0.07 g, 0.36 mmol) was dissolved in ethyl acetate (2 mL) and dry hydrogen chloride in ethyl acetate (3.5 M, 5.5 mL) was added. After 15 min the solu- tion was concentrated to dryness and co-evaporated three times from toluene (3 x 5 mL). The residue was added toluene (2.5 mL) and flushed with nitrogen for about 10 min, before diphosgene (0.43 mL) was added. Then the mixture was gently refluxed for 1 hour under a nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was cooled and concentrated to dryness in vacuo and then co-evaporated twice from toluene to remove excessive diphosgene to afford 4-cyano-3- t fluoromethylphenyl isocyanate.
(R)-3-{4-[(4-Cyclohexylphenylamino)methyl]benzoylamino}-2-hydroxypropionic acid methyl ester, hydrochloride (0.13 g, 0.3 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (5 mL) and BSA (0.22 mL, 0.9 mmol) added. The mixture was stirred for 0.5 hour, and diisopropylethylamine (0.052 mL, 0.3 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was added to the isocyanate above and the reaction mixture stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was transferred to a separatory funnel and washed twice with water (10 mL), dried with magnesium sulphate and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography (30 g) using ethyl acetate/n-heptane (4:6) (400 mL) and then ethyl acetate (200 mL) as eluents to afford 0.085 g of (R)-3-{4-[3-(4- cyano-3-trifluoromethylphenyl)-1-(4-cyclohexylphenyl)ureidomethyl]benzoylamino}-2- hydroxypropionic acid methyl ester.
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): £.1.12-1.44 (m, 6H), 1.66-1.82 (m, 5H), 3.41 (m, 1H), 3.53 (m, 1 H), 3.60 (s, 3H), 4.22 (m, 1 H), 4.47 (s, 2H), 5.69 (s, 1 H), 7.21 (m, 4H), 7.33 (d, 2H), 7.76 (d, 2H), 7.98 (s, 2H), 8.14 (s, 1 H), 8.48 (t, 1 H), 9.1 (s, 1 H); HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 623 (M+1); Rt = 6.02 min.
Step 7: (R)-3-{4-[3-(4-Cyano-3-trifluoromethylphenyl)-1 -(4-cyclohexylphenyl)ureidomethyl]benzoyl- amino}-2-hydroxypropionic acid methyl ester (0.07 g, 0.124 mmol) was suspended in ethanol (3 mL) and sodium hydroxide (4 N, 0.19 mL, 0.742 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1.5 hour, and concentrated to remove the ethanol. The residue was diluted with water (10 mL) and acidified with hydrochloric acid (4 N, 0.21 mL). The mixture was ex- tracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 10 mL) and the combined organic phases were washed with water (3 x 10 mL), dried with magnesium sulphate and concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound (0.68 g).
1H-NMR (DMSO-c 6): £.1.16-1.42 (m, 6H), 1.66-1.82 (m, 5H), 3.40 (m, 1H), 3.54 (m, 1 H), 4.16 (m, 1 H), 4.48 (s, 2H), 7.20 (m, 4H), 7.34 (d, 2H), 7.78 (d, 2H), 7.99 (s, 2H), 8.16 (s, 1 H), 8.44 (t, 1H), 9.1 (s, 1 H); HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 609 (M+1); Rt = 7.27 min.
Example 38 (General procedure (B))
(R)-3-{4-[3-(3-te/ -Butylphenyl)-1-(4-cvclohexylphenvπureidomethvnbenzoylamino}-2- hvdroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000107_0001
Step 6: (R 3-f4-r3-(3-ferf-Butylphenvn-1 -(4-cvclohexylphenyl)ureidomethyl1benzoylamino)-2- hvdroxypropionic acid methyl ester
3-( ert-Butyl)aniline (0.054 g, 0.36 mmol) was dissolved in ethyl acetate (2 mL) and added dry hydrogen chloride in ethyl acetate twice (3.5 M, 3 mL + 2.5 mL). After 15 min the mixture was concentrated to dryness and co-evaporated three times from toluene (3 x 5 mL). The residue was added toluene (2.5 mL) and flushed with nitrogen for about 10 min, before diphosgene (0.43 mL) was added. Then the mixture was gently refluxed for 1 hour under a nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was cooled and concentrated in vacuo. This was repeated twice to remove excess of diphosgene. The mixture was concentrated to dryness and co- evaporated three times from toluene (5 mL each time). The residue was concentrated to dryness and co-evaporated twice from toluene. Then it was redissolved in toluene (2.5 mL) and flushed with nitrogen for about 10 min, before diphosgene (0.43 mL) was added. The mixture was gently refluxed under nitrogen for 1 hour. After cooling, the mixture was concentrated and co-evaporated twice from toluene to remove excess diphosgene to afford 3-fert-butyl- phenyl isocyanate.
(R)-3-{4-[(4-Cyclohexylphenylamino)methyl]benzoylamino}-2-hydroxypropionic acid methyl ester, hydrochloride (0.13 g, 0.3 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (5 mL) and BSA (0.22 mL, 0.9 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred for 0.5 hour, and diisopropylethylamine (0.052 mL, 0.3 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was added to the isocyanate above and stirred overnight. The reaction was transferred to a separatory funnel and washed twice with water (10 mL), dried with magnesium sulphate and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (30 g) using ethyl acetate and n-heptane (6:4) (400 mL) and then ethyl acetate (100 mL) as eluent to afford 0.12 g of (R)-3-{4-[3-(3- tert-butylphenyl)-1-(4-cyclohexylphenyl)ureidomethyl]benzoylamino}-2-hydroxypropionic acid methyl ester.
1H-NMR (DMSO-cfe): £ 1.23 (s, 11 H), 1.28-1.42 (m, 3H), 1.65-1.80 (m, 5H), 2.47 (m, 1 H), 3.40 (m, 1 H), 3.51 (m, 1 H), 4.22 (m, 1 H), 4.94 (s, 2H), 5.71 (d, 1H), 6.99 (d, 1 H), 7.12-7-24 (m, 5H), 7.28 (d, 1 H), 7.36 (d, 2H), 7.42 (s, 1 H), 7.77 (d, 2H), 8.08 (s, 1 H), 8.50 (t, 1 H); HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = (585+1); Rt = 8.30 min.
Step 7:
(R)-3-{4-[3-(3-.ert-Butylphenyl)-1-(4-cyclohexylphenyl)ureidomethyl]benzoylamino}-2- hydroxypropionic acid methyl ester (0.11 g, 0.188 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (4 mL) and sodium hydroxide (4 N, 0.28 mL, 1.128 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred for 1.5 hour and concentrated in vacuo to remove the ethanol. The residue was diluted with water (10 mL), acidified with hydrochloric acid (4 N, 0.3 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 10 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with water (3 x 10 mL) and dried with magnesium sulphate and concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound (0.10 g).
H-NMR (DMSO-de): ^ .23 (s, 9H), 1.28-1.42 (m, 4H), 1.65-1.81 (m, 5H), 2.47 (m, 1 H), 3.38 (m, 1 H), 3.55 (m, 1 H), 4.16 (m, 1 H), 4.94 (s, 2H), 7.00 (d, 1 H), 7.11-7.24 (m, 6H), 7.28 (d, 1 H), 7.35 (d, 1 H), 7.41 (s, 1 H), 7.80 (d, 2H), 8.10 (s, 1 H), 8.46 (t, 1 H); HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 572 (M+1); Rt = 7.78 min.
Example 39 (General procedure (B))
(R)-3-(4-ri-(4-Cvclohexylphenyl)-3-(3-hvdroxymethyl-4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)ureidomethyll- benzoylaminol-2-hvdroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000109_0001
Preparation of 3-(fet -butyldimethylsilanyloxymethyl)-4-trifluoromethoxyaniline to be used in step 6:
Fuming nitric acid (5 mL) was cooled on an ice bath. Methyl 2-(trifluoromethoxy)benzoate (5 g, 22.7 mmol) was slowly added within 30 min keeping the temperature below 15 °C. The reaction was then stirred at 60 °C for 1 hour and 2 hours at room temperature. The mixture was poured on ice water whereupon an oil separated. The aqueous supernatant was decanted and additional water (50 mL) was added to the oil. After neutralisation with sodium hydrogen carbonate, the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (25 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (15 mL) once more. The combined organic phases were washed with saturated sodium chloride (2 x 15 mL), dried (magnesium sulphate), and concentrated in vacuo to give 5.69 g of 5-nitro-2-trifluoromethoxybenzoic acid methyl ester. 1H NMR (DMSO- e): 3.93 (3H, s), 7.82 (1 H, d), 8.58 (1 H, d), 8.67 (1 H, s); HPLC-MS (method B): m/z: 266; Rt= 6.0 min.
5-Nitro-2-trifluoromethoxybenzoic acid methyl ester (5.69 g, 21.5 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol 99.9% (80 mL) and stannous (II) chloride dihydrate (24.2 g, 107 mmol) was added. The suspension was stirred on an oil-bath at 75 °C for 2 hours and concentrated in vacuo. Ethyl acetate (100 mL) and water (50 mL) was added and pH was adjusted to pH 8 with 4 N sodium hydroxide (50 mL). The liquid was decanted from the precipitation. The precipitate was washed twice with ethyl acetate. The aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl ace- tate (60 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with a saturated sodium chloride solution (2 x 100 mL), dried (magnesium sulphate) and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by column chromatography (120 g silica) using ethyl acetate and heptane (1 :1) as eluent afforded 3.8 g of 5-amino-2-trifluoromethoxybenzoic acid methyl ester.
1H NMR (DMSO-de): £3.82 (3H,s), 5.63 (2H, s), 6.79 (1 H, d), 7.07 (1 H, s), 7.11 (1 H, d); HPLC-MS (method B): m/z: 236, Rt= 4.6 min.
5-Amino-2-trifluoromethoxybenzoic acid methyl ester (3.0 g, 12.8 mmol) was dissolved in THF (20 mL) in a three-necked flask equipped with a thermometer and an addition funnel under nitrogen. Under stirring and ice-cooling lithium aluminum hydride (1 M in THF, 15 mL) was added dropwise within 10 minutes. Stirring was continued at room temperature for 1 hr, and the reaction was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was suspended in DCM (150 mL) and water (50 mL), then filtered through celite, washed with DCM and water. The filtrate was separated, and the water phase was extracted once more with DCM (30 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with water (2 x 20 mL), dried (magnesium sulphate) and concentrated in vacuo to give 2.47 g of (5-amino-2-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)methanol.
1H NMR (DMSO-de): £3.92 (2H, d), 5.18 (1 H, t), 5.28 (2H, s), 6.45 (1 H, d), 6.91 (1H, d); HPLC-MS (method B): m/z: 208, Rt = 7.2 min.
5-Amino-2-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)methanol (1.2 g, 5.8 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (5 mL) and imidazole (0.48 g, 7.1 mmol) and ferf-butyldimethylsilyl chloride (0.99 g, 6.6 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 16 hours and water (20 mL) was added. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL) and the combined organic phases were washed with water (10 mL), citric acid (10 mL, 10%) and water (2 x 10 mL), dried (magne- sium sulphate) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography (110g, silica) using ethyl acetate and heptane (1 :3) as eluent to give 1.2 g of 3-(tert- butyldimethylsilanyloxymethyl)-4-trifluoromethoxyaniline.
1H NMR (DMSO-d6): £0.82 (9H, s), 3.25 (6H, s), 4.52 (2H,s), 5.23 (2H, s), 6.41 (1 H, d), 6.61 (1 H, s), 6.86 (1 H,d); HPLC-MS (method B): m/z: 322; Rt= 7.17 min.
Step 6: (R)-3-(4-r3-r3-(te/ιf-Butyldimethylsilanyloxymethyl)-4-trifluoromethoxyphenvn-1 -(4- cvclohexylphenvDureidomethvHbenzoylamino)-2-hvdroxypropionic acid methyl ester Bis(trichloromethyl)carbonate (triphosgene) (0.09 g, 0.31 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (2 mL) and cooled in an ice-bath under nitrogen. 3-(ferf-Butyldimethylsilanyloxymethyl)-4- trifluoromethoxyaniline (0.3 g, 0.93 mmol) was evaporated twice from toluene to remove any moisture and then dissolved in DCM (2 mL) and diisopropylethylamine (0.32 mL) was added. This solution was added to the cooled triphosgene solution and the mixture was stirred at 20 °C for 2.5 hours. (R)-3-{4-[(4-Cyclohexylphenylamino)methyl]benzoyiamino}-2-hydroxy- propionic acid methyl ester hydrochloride (0.37 g, 0.83 mmol) was evaporated twice from toluene and dissolved in DMF (3 mL) and diisopropylethylamine (0.141 mL, 0.83 mmol) was added. The solution was added to the isocyanate above and, with stirring, heated at 80 °C under nitrogen for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was evaporated in vacuo and the residue was extracted with DCM (80 mL), aqueous citric acid (10%, 25 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with DCM (30 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with aqueous citric acid (10%, 3 x 25 mL), dried with magnesium sulphate and evaporated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (58 g) using ethyl acetate and n- heptane (940 mL, 1 :1 and 300 mL ethyl acetate) as eluent to afford 0.03 g of (R)-3-{4-[3-[3- (te f-butyldimethylsilanyloxymethyl)-4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl]-1-(4-cyclohexylphenyl)ureido- methyl]benzoylamino}-2-hydroxypropionic acid methyl ester.
HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 758 (M+1 ); Rt = 9.57 min.
Step 7:
(R)-3-{4-[3-[3-(tert-butyldimethylsilanyloxymethyl)-4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl]-1-(4-cyclohexyl- phenyl)ureidomethyl]benzoylamino}-2-hydroxypropionic acid methyl ester (24 mg, 0.032 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (1 mL) and sodium hydroxide (0.05 mL, 019 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hours and concentrated to remove the ethanol. The residue was diluted with water (10 mL), acidified with hydrochloric acid (4 N, 0.3 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 10 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with water (3 x 10 mL) and dried with magnesium sulphate and concentrated in vacuo to give 17 mg of (R)-3-{4-[3-[3-(tetif-butyldimethylsilanyloxymethyl)-4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl]-1-(4-cyclo- hexylphenyl)ureidomethyl]benzoylamino}-2-hydroxypropionic acid.
HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 744 (M+1); Rt = 9.35 min.
(R)-3-{4-[3-[3-(tert-Butyldimethylsilanyloxymethyl)-4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl]-1-(4-cyclohexyl- phenyl)ureidomethyl]benzoylamino}-2-hydroxypropionic acid (17 mg, 0.023 mmol) was dis- solved in acetonitrile:water (9:1) (2 mL) and caesium fluoride (35 mg, 0.35 mmol) added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 6 hours and additional amounts of caesium fluoride (35 mg) added. The mixture was stirred at 60 °C overnight, concentrated in vacuo and diluted with ethyl acetate (10 mL) and water (5 mL). The organic phase was washed with water (3 x 5 mL) and dried with magnesium sulphate and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC affording the title compound.
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): £1.35 (m, 5H), 1.79 (m, 5H), 4.49 (s, 2H), 4.95 (s, 2H), 5.29 (s, 1H), 7.12-7.26 (m, 6H), 7.34 (d, 2H), 7.49 (dd, 1H), 7.63 (d, 1H), 7.77 (d, 2H), 8.42 (t, 1H); HPLC- MS (Method B): m/z = 630 (M+1); Rt = 6.62 min.
General procedure (C) for solid phase synthesis of compounds of the general formula (lc):
Resin ..
Cl
Figure imgf000113_0001
Figure imgf000113_0002
Figure imgf000113_0003
Figure imgf000113_0004
(lc)
wherein
R2, R3, R4, R5, A, Z, D and E are as defined for formula (I),
X is -C(O)NH- or -C(O)NHCR12R13- wherein R12 and R13 are as defined for formula (I), and
Resin is a polystyrene resin loaded with a 2-chlorotrityl linker.
When A is -CHOH- step 4 is performed using 1 ) BSA and 2) D-N=C=O or D-CHR13-N=C=O. Otherwise, step 4 is performed using only D-N=C=O or D-CHR13-N=C=O.
The procedure is illustrated in the following examples. Example 40 (General procedure (C))
(R)-3-(4-ri-(4-tetΫ-ButylphenvO-3-(3,4-dichlorophenvπureidomethyl1benzoylamino)-2-hvdroxy- propionic acid
Figure imgf000114_0001
Step 1 : Resin bound (R)-Fmoc-isoserine
50 mg polystyrene resin functionalized with a 2-chlorotrityl chloride linker was vortexed with
Λ/-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (500 μL) and 1,2-dichloropropane (500 μL) for 1 hour. The resin was filtered and washed with Λ/-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone:1 ,2-dichloropropane (1:1, 2 x 1 mL). Λ/-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (500 μL) and 1,2-dichloropropane (500 μL) were added followed by 150 μmol (R)-Fmoc-isoserine and 100 μL diisopropylethylamine. After shaking the suspension for 4 hours at 25 °C, the resin was isolated by filtration and washed with DCM: metha- nohdiisopropylethylamine 17:2:1 (2 x 1 mL) and Λ/-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (2 x 1 mL).
Step 2: Resin bound (RV3-(4-FormylbenzoylaminoV2-hvdroxypropionic acid To the above resin bound (R)-Fmoc-isoserine was added 500 μL of a 20% solution of pipe dine in DMF. Upon shaking for 30 min, the resin was drained and washed with N- methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (6 x 1 mL). Then 200 μmol 4-formylbenzoic acid (30 mg) and 200 μmol HOBt (31 mg) were dissolved in Λ/-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (500 μL) and added to the resin followed by 200 μmol diisopropyl carbodiimide (25.2 mg) dissolved in acetonitrile (500 μL). The mixture was shaken for 4 hours at 25 °C followed by filtration and washing of the resin with /V-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (3 x 1 mL).
Step 3: Resin bound (R)-3-{4-r(4-fe/f-butylphenylamino)methyl1benzoylamino)-2- hvdroxypropionic acid
The above resin bound (R)-3-(4-formylbenzoylamino)-2-hydroxypropionic acid was treated with a 0.5 M solution of 4-terf-butylaniline (0.25 mmol) in a mixture of Λ/-methyl-2-pyrrolidin- one and trimethylorthoformate (1:1, 0.5 mL) and glacial acetic acid (50 μL) for 1 hour at 25 °C. Sodium cyanoborohydride (250 μmol, 16 mg) dissolved in a mixture of Λ/-methyl-2- pyrrolidinone and methanol (1 :1 , 0.25 mL) was added and the mixture was vortexed at 25 °C for 4 hours followed by filtration and washing with a mixture of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone and methanol (1 :1 , 2 x 1 mL) 3 x 1 mL A/-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (3 x 1 mL) and a mixture of 1 ,2- dichloropropane and diisopropylethylamine (7:1 , 2 x 0.75 mL).
Step 4: Resin bound (R)-3-f4-f1-(4-te/ -butylphenvn-3-(3.4-dichlorophenyl)ureidomethvn- benzoylamino)-2-hydroxypropionic acid
The above resin bound (R)-3-{4-[(4-fe/f-butylphenylamino)methyl]benzoylamino}-2-hydroxy- propionic acid was added 1 ,2-dichloropropane (500 μL) and BSA (100 μL) and the mixture was vortexed at 25 °C for 1 hour. 200 μmol 3,4-Dichlorophenylisocyanate was added and shaking the mixture 5 hours at 25 °C followed by filtration and washing of the resin with 2 x 1 mL DCM, 4 x 1 mL Λ-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone, 2 x 1 mL H2O, 3 x 1 mL THF and 5 x 1 mL DCM afforded the resin bound title compound.
Step 5: (R)-3-{4-H -(4-ferf-butylphenv0-3-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)ureidomethyl1benzoylamino)-2- hydroxypropionic acid
The above resin bound (R)-3-{4-[1-(4-ferf-butylphenyl)-3-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)ureidomethyl]- benzoylamino}-2-hydroxypropionic acid was treated with 1 mL 20% TFA in DCM for 1 hour at 25 °C. The product was filtered off and the resin was washed with 1 mL DCM. The combined extracts were concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound.
1H-NMR (CDCI3): £7.65 (d, 2H), 7.45-7.40 (m, 4H), 7.35-7.20 (m, 3H), 7.10-7.00 (m, 3H), 6.30 (s, 1 H), 4.90 (s, 2H), 4.40 (m, 1 H), 3.83 (m, 2H), 1.32 (s, 9H); HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 558 (M+1 ); Rt = 4.71 min.
The following examples were made as described above.
Example 41 (General procedure (C))
(R)-3-(4-π-(4-te/f-Butylcvclohexyl)-3-(3,4-dichlorophenvπureidomethvπbenzoylamino)-2- hydroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000116_0001
HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 564 (M+1 ); Rt = 4.92 min/5.02 min.
Example 42 (General procedure (C)) (R)-3-{4-ri-(4-Cyclohexylphenvn-3-(3.4- dichlorophenyl)ureidomethyl1benzoylamino}-2-hvdroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000116_0002
HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 584 (M+1); Rt = 5.12 min.
Example 43 (General procedure (C)) (R)-3-{4-ri-(4-Cvclohexylphenyl)-3-(2.2.4.4-tetrafluoro-4H-benzoπ ,31dioxin-6-vπureido- methyllbenzoylamino)-2-hvdroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000116_0003
HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 646 (M+1); Rt = 5.24 min. Example 44 (General procedure (C))
(R)-3-f4-π-(4-rer.-Butylphenvn-3-(2.2.4.4-tetrafluoro-4H-benzoπ.31dioxin-6-yl)ureidomethvn- benzoylaminol-2-hvdroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000117_0001
HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 620 (M+1); Rt = 4.88 min.
Example 45 (General procedure (C))
(R)-3-f4-ri-(4-ter.-Butylcvclohexyn-3-(2.2.4.4-tetrafluoro-4H-benzoπ.31dioxin-6-vnureido- methvπbenzoylamino)-2-hvdroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000117_0002
HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 606 (M+1); Rt = 5.11 min/5.20 min.
Example 46 (General procedure (C))
(R)-3-{4-H-(4-te/ -Butylphenvπ-3-(3,4-difluorophenvπureidomethyllbenzoylamino)-2-hvdroxy- propionic acid
Figure imgf000117_0003
HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 526 (M+1 ); Rt = 4.24 min. Example 47 (General procedure (C))
(R)-3-(4-π-(4-Cvclohexylphenyl)-3-(3,4-difluorophenyl)ureidomethvnbenzoylaminol-2- hvdroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000118_0001
HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 552 (M+1 ); Rt = 4.65 min.
Example 48 (General procedure (C))
(R)-3-{4-ri-(4-Cvclohex-1-enylphenyl)-3-(3,4-difluorophenyl)ureidomethvnbenzoylamino)-2- hydroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000118_0002
HPLC-MS (Method A): m/z = 550 (M+1); Rt = 6.77 min.
Example 49 (General procedure (C))
(R)-3-{4-r3-(4-Chloro-3-trifluoromethylphenyl)-1-(4-cyclohexylphenvπureidomethyllbenzoyl- aminoV2-hvdroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000118_0003
HPLC-MS (Method A): m/z = 618 (M+1); Rt = 7.58 min.
Example 50 (General procedure (C))
(R)-3-{4-ri-(4-Cvclohexylphenyl)-3-(4-fluoro-3-nitrophenyl)ureidomethyllbenzoylamino)-2- hydroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000119_0001
HPLC-MS (Method A): m/z = 579 (M+1); Rt = 6.85 min.
Example 51 (General procedure (C))
(R)-3-{4-π-(4-Cyclohexylphenvπ-3-(4-isopropylphenyl)ureidomethvnbenzoylamino}-2- hydroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000119_0002
HPLC-MS (Method A): m/z = 558 (M+1 ); R, = 7.73 min.
Example 52 (General procedure (C))
(R)-3-{4-π-(4-Cvclohex-1-enylphenyl)-3-(3,4-dichlorophenvπureidomethyllbenzoylaminol-2- hydroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000120_0001
HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 582 (M+1); Rt = 4.99 min.
Example 53 (General procedure (C))
(R)-3-{4-l'3-(4-Acetylphenyl)-1-(4-cvclohexylphenyl)ureidomethyllbenzoylamino)-2-hvdroxy- propionic acid
Figure imgf000120_0002
HPLC-MS (Method A): m/z = 558 (M+1); Rt = 6.42 min.
Example 54 (General procedure (C))
3-{4- 3-ri(RS)-(4-Bromophenyl)ethyl1-1-(4-cvclohexylphenyl)ureidomethvnbenzoylamino)- 2(R)-hydroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000120_0003
HPLC-MS (Method A): m/z = 624 (M+1); Rt = 7.45 min.
Example 55 (General procedure (C))
(R)-3-(4-f1-(4-Cvclohexylphenyl)-3-(3.5-difluorophenyl)ureidomethvnbenzoylamino)-2- hvdroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000121_0001
HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 552 (M+1); Rt = 4.76 min.
General procedure (D) for solid phase synthesis of compounds of the general formula (Id:
ReslrKCI
Figure imgf000121_0002
or D-CHR -C(0)OH , PyBroP
Figure imgf000121_0003
Figure imgf000121_0004
(Id) wherein
R2, R3, R4, R5, A, Z, D and E are as defined for formula (I), X is -C(O)-(CR12R13)r-(CH2)s- wherein r, s, R12 and R13 are as defined for formula (I), and
Resin is a polystyrene resin loaded with a 2-chlorothtyl linker.
When A is -CHOH- step 4 is performed using 1) BSA and 2) D-C(O)OH or D-CHR13-C(O)OH. Otherwise, step 4 is performed using only D-C(O)OH or D-CHR13-C(O)OH.
Example 56 (General procedure (D))
(R)-3-r4-({(4-tert-Butylcvclohexyl -r2-(4-trifluoromethoxyphenvπacetyllamino}methvπbenzoyl- aminol-2-hvdroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000122_0001
Step 1 : Resin bound (R)-Fmoc-isoserine
50 mg polystyrene resin functionalized with a 2-chlorotrityl chloride linker was vortexed with /V-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (500 μL) and 1 ,2-dichloropropane (500 μL) for 1 hour. The resin was filtered and washed with Λ/-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone/1 ,2-dichloropropane (1 :1 , 2 x 1 mL). /V-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (500 μL) and 1 ,2-dichloropropane (500 μL) was added followed by 150 μmol (R)-Fmoc-isoserine and 100 μL diisopropylethylamine. After shaking the suspension for 4 hours at 25 °C, the resin was isolated by filtration and washed with DCM:methan- okdiisopropylethylamine (17:2:1) (2 x 1 mL) and Λ/-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (2 x 1 mL).
Step 2: Resin bound (R)-3-(4-formylbenzoylamino)-2-hvdroxypropionic acid To the above resin bound (R)-Fmoc-isoserine was added 500 μL of a 20% solution of pipehdine in DMF. Upon shaking for 30 min, the resin was drained and washed with N- methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (6 x 1 mL). Then, 200 μmol 4-formylbenzoic acid (30 mg) and 200 μmol HOBt (31 mg) was dissolved in A/-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (500 μL) and added to the resin followed by 200 μmol diisopropyl carbodiimide (25.2 mg) dissolved in acetonitrile (500 μL). The mixture was shaken for 4 hours at 25 °C followed by filtration and washing of the resin with /V-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (3 x 1 mL).
Step 3: Resin bound (R)-3-{4-r(4-re/f-butylcvcloheχylamino)methyllbenzoylamino>-2- hydroxypropionic acid
The above resin bound (R)-3-(4-formylbenzoylamino)-2-hydroxypropionic acid was treated with a 0.5 M solution of 4-tert-butylcyclohexylamine (0.25 mmol) in a mixture of Λ/-methyl-2- pyrrolidinone and trimethylorthoformate (1 :1 , 0.5 mL) and glacial acetic acid (50 μL) for 1 hour at 25 °C. Sodium cyanoborohydride (250 μmol, 16 mg) dissolved in a mixture of N- methyl-2-pyrrolidinone and methanol (1:1, 0.25 mL) was added and the mixture was vortexed at 25 °C for 4 hours followed by filtration and washing with a mixture of Λ/-methyl-2-pyrroli- dinone and methanol (1 :1 , 2 x 1 mL) 3 x 1 mL Λ/-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (3 x 1 mL) and a mixture of 1 ,2-dichloropropane and diisopropylethylamine (7:1 , 2 x 0.75 mL).
Step 4: Resin bound (R)-3-r4-({(4-terf-butylcvclohexyl)- 2-(4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)acetyll- amino}methyl)benzoylamino1-2-hvdroxypropionic acid
The above resin bound (R)-3-{4-[(4-fert-butylcyclohexylamino)methyl]benzoylamino}-2- hydroxypropionic acid was added 1 ,2-dichloropropane (500 μL) and BSA (100 μL) and the mixture was vortexed at 25 °C for 1 hour followed by filtration. To the resin was added a solu- tion of 4-(tπfluoromethoxy)phenylacetic acid (400 μmol) in a mixture of Λ/-methyl-2- pyrrolidinone, 1 ,2-dichloropropane and diisopropylethylamine (4.5:4.5:1 , 1 mL) was added followed by a solution of bromo-tris(pyrrolidino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphate (400 μmol) in 1 ,2-dichloropropane (500 μL). The mixture was allowed to react for 3 hours at 50 °C and the resin was allowed to cool to 25 °C while washed with Λ/-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (4 x 1 mL), and DCM (10 x 1 mL) afforded the resin bound title compound-
Step 5: (R)-3-r4-({(4-.e/ -Butylcyclohexyπ-r2-(4-trifluoromethoχyphenvπacetyllamino)methvπ- benzoylaminol-2-hydroxypropionic acid The above resin bound (R)-3-{4-[1-(4-terf-butylcyclohexyl)-3-(4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)- ureidomethyl]benzoylamino}-2-hydroxypropionic acid was treated with 1 mL 20% TFA in DCM for 1 hour at 25 °C. The product was filtered off and the resin was washed with 1 mL DCM. The combined extracts were concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound.
HPLC-MS (Method A): m/z = 579 (M+1); Rt = 7.20 min. The following examples were made as described above.
Example 57 (General procedure (D))
(R)-3-r4-({(4-terf-Butylcvclohexyπ-f2-(3-fluoro-5-trifluoromethylphenyl)acetynamino)methvπ- benzoylaminol-2-hvdroχypropionic acid
Figure imgf000124_0001
HPLC-MS (Method A): m/z = 581 (M+1); Rt = 7.22 min.
Example 58 (General procedure (D))
(RV3-r4-(((2.2-Diphenylethvn-r2-(3-fluoro-5-trifluoromethylphenyl)acetvnamino}methyl)- benzoylaminol-2-hvdroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000124_0002
HPLC-MS (Method A): m/z = 623 (M+1); Rt = 6.87 min.
Example 59 (General procedure (D))
(R)-3-(4-fr(5-Chlorobenzor£>1thiophene-3-carbonyl)-(2,2-diphenylethvπaminolmethyl)benzoyl- amino)-2-hydroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000125_0001
HPLC-MS (Method A): m/z = 613 (M+1 ); Rt = 6.50 min.
Example 60 (General procedure (D))
(R)-3-r4-({(2,2-Diphenylethyl)-r2-(4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)acetvπamino>methyl)benzoyl- aminol-2-hydroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000125_0002
HPLC-MS (Method A): m/z = 621 (M+1); Rt = 6.90 min.
Example 61 (General procedure (D))
(R)-3-(4-{r(4-tet -Butylcvclohexyl)-(5-chlorobenzorib1thiophene-3-carbonv0amino1methyl}- benzoylamino)-2-hvdroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000125_0003
HPLC-MS (Method A): m/z = 571 (M+1 ); Rt = 7.15 min. Example 62 (General procedure (D))
(R)-3-(4-{r(2.2-Diphenylethvπ-(5-trifluoromethoxy-1H-indole-2-carbonyl)amino1methyl)- benzoylamino)-2-hvdroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000126_0001
HPLC-MS (Method A): m/z = 646 (M+1); Rt = 6.93 min.
Example 63 (General procedure (D)) (R)-3-[4-({(4-Cvclohexylphenyl)-f(4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)acetvnamino>methyl)benzoyl- aminol-2-hvdroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000126_0002
HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 599 (M+1); Rt = 5.19 min.
Example 64 (General procedure (D))
(R)-3-r4-(((4-Cyclohexylphenyl)-f(3-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)acetvnamino)methyl)benzoyl- aminol-2-hvdroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000126_0003
HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 599 (M+1); Rt = 5.17 min.
Example 65 (General procedure (D))
(R)-3-[4-({(4-Cvclohexylphenyl)-r(3-fluoro-5-trifluoromethylphenyl)acetyllamino}methy0- benzoylaminol-2-hvdroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000127_0001
HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 601 (M+1); R, = 5.19 min.
Example 66 (General procedure (D))
(R)-3-(4-((r(3.5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)acetvπ-(4-cyclohexylphenyl)amino)methyl)benzoyl- amino)-2-hvdroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000127_0002
HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 651 (M+1); Rt = 5.50 min.
Example 67 (General procedure (D))
(R -3-r4-({(4-Cvclohexylphenyl)-r(3-thfluoromethylphenvπacetvnamino)methyl)benzoylamino1- 2-hvdroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000128_0001
HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 583 (M+1); Rt = 5.08 min.
Example 68 (General procedure (D))
(R)-3-r4-({(4-Cvclohexylphenyl)-r(3,4-dichlorophenyl)acetyllamino)methyl)benzoylaminol-2- hydroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000128_0002
HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 583 (M+1); Rt = 5.26 min.
Example 69 (General procedure (D))
(R)-3-(4-(rr(3-Bromophenyl)acetvπ-(4-cvclohexylphenyl)aminolmethyl)benzoylamino)-2- hvdroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000128_0003
HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 595 (M+1); Rt = 5.01 min. Example 70 (General procedure (D))
(R)-3-(4-{[(Biphenyl-4-ylacetyl)-(4-cyclohexylphenyl)amino1methyl)benzoylamino)-2-hydroxy- propionic acid
Figure imgf000129_0001
HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 591 (M+1); Rt = 5.38 min.
Example 71 (General procedure (D)) (R)-3-(4-{r(4-Cvclohexylphenyl)-(2-naphthylacetyl)amino1methyl)benzoylamino)-2-hydroxy- propionic acid
Figure imgf000129_0002
HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 565 (M+1); R, = 5.10 min.
Example 72 (General procedure (D))
(R)-3-(4-{[(3-(3.5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenvπpropionyl)-(4-cvclohexylphenyl)amino1methyl)- benzoylamino)-2-hvdroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000130_0001
HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 665 (M+1 ); Rt = 5.51 min.
Example 73 (General procedure (D))
(R)-3-r4-({(4-Cvclohexylphenyl)-r3-(3-nitrophenyl)propionyllamino)methyl)benzoylamino1-2- hydroxypropionic acid
Figure imgf000130_0002
HPLC-MS (Method B): m/z = 665 (M+1); Rt = 5.51 min.
The following preferred compounds are within the scope of the invention and may be prepared according to the procedures disclosed herein. Other preferred compounds are:
Figure imgf000131_0001
wherein
Figure imgf000132_0001
Figure imgf000133_0002
Figure imgf000133_0001
Figure imgf000134_0001
Figure imgf000135_0001
Figure imgf000136_0002
Figure imgf000136_0001
Figure imgf000136_0003
Figure imgf000137_0001
Furthermore, the following compounds are within the scope of the present invention and may be prepared according to the procedures disclosed herein:
Figure imgf000138_0001
Figure imgf000139_0001
Figure imgf000140_0001
Figure imgf000141_0001
Figure imgf000142_0001
Figure imgf000143_0001
(R) and (S) diastereomers of (R) and (S) diastereomers of
Figure imgf000144_0001
(R) and (S) diastereomers of (R) and (S) diastereomers of
Figure imgf000144_0002
(R) and (S) diastereomers of (R) and (S) diastereomers of
Figure imgf000145_0001
(R) and (S) diastereomers of (R) and (S) diastereomers of
Figure imgf000145_0002
(R) and (S) diastereomers of (R) and (S) diastereomers of
Figure imgf000145_0003
145
Figure imgf000146_0001
Figure imgf000147_0001
Figure imgf000148_0001
Figure imgf000149_0001
Figure imgf000150_0001
Figure imgf000151_0001
Figure imgf000152_0001
Figure imgf000153_0001
Figure imgf000154_0001
Figure imgf000155_0001
Figure imgf000156_0001
Figure imgf000157_0001
Figure imgf000158_0001
Figure imgf000159_0001
Figure imgf000160_0001
Figure imgf000161_0001
Figure imgf000162_0001
Furthermore, the following preferred compounds (as pure enantiomers of either (R) or (S) configuration or mixtures thereof, including racemates) are within the scope of the invention and may be prepared according to the procedures set forth in the foregoing description:
Figure imgf000163_0001
Figure imgf000164_0001
Figure imgf000165_0001
Figure imgf000166_0001
Figure imgf000167_0001
Figure imgf000168_0001
Figure imgf000169_0001
Figure imgf000170_0001
Figure imgf000171_0001
Figure imgf000172_0001
Figure imgf000173_0001
Figure imgf000174_0001
PHARMACOLOGICAL METHODS
In the following section binding assays as well as functional assays useful for evaluating the efficiency of the compounds of the invention are described.
Binding of compounds to the glucagon receptor may be determined in a competition binding assay using the cloned human glucagon receptor.
Antagonism may be determined as the ability of the compounds to inhibit the amount of cAMP formed in the presence of 5 nM glucagon.
Glucagon Binding Assay (I)
Receptor binding are assayed using cloned human receptor (Lok et al., Gene 140, 203-209 (1994)). The receptor inserted in the pLJ6' expression vector using EcoRI/SSt1 restriction sites (Lok et al.) is expressed in a baby hamster kidney cell line (A3 BHK 570-25). Clones are se- lected in the presence of 0.5 mg/mL G-418 and are shown to be stable for more than 40 passages. The Kd is shown to be 0.1 nM.
Plasma membranes are prepared by growing cells to confluence, detaching them from the surface and resuspending the cells in cold buffer (10 mM tris/HCI, pH 7.4 containing 30 mM NaCI, 1 mM dithiothreitol, 5 mg/L leupeptin (Sigma), 5 mg/L pepstatin (Sigma), 100 mg/L bacitracin (Sigma) and 15 mg/L recombinant aprotinin (Novo Nordisk A/S)), homogenization by two 10-s bursts using a Polytron PT 10-35 homogenizer (Kinematica), and centrifugation upon a layer of 41 w/v % sucrose at 95.000 x g for 75 min. The white band located between the two layers is diluted in buffer and centrifuged at 40.000 x g for 45 min. The precipitate containing the plasma membranes is suspended in buffer and stored at -80 °C until use.
Glucagon is iodinated according to the chloramine T method (Hunter and Greenwood, Nature 194, 495 (1962)) and purified using anion exchange chromatography (Jørgensen et al., Hormone and Metab. Res. 4, 223-224 (1972). The specific activity is 460 μCi/μg on the day of iodi- nation. Tracer is stored at -18 °C in aliquots and used immediately after thawing.
Binding assays are carried out in triplicate in filter microtiter plates (MADV N65, Millipore). The buffer is 50 mM HEPES, 5 mM EGTA, 5 mM MgCI2, 0.005% tween 20, pH 7.4. Glucagon is dis- solved in 0.05 M HCI, added an equal amount (w/w) of human serum albumin and freeze-dried. On the day of use, it is dissolved in water and diluted in buffer to the desired concentrations.
Test compounds are dissolved and diluted in DMSO. 140 μL buffer, 25 μL glucagon or buffer, and 10 μL DMSO or test compound are added to each well. Tracer (50.000 cpm) is diluted in buffer and 25 μL is added to each well. 1-4 μg freshly thawed plasma membrane protein diluted in buffer is then added in aliquots of 25 μL to each well. Plates are incubated at 30 °C for 2 hours. Non-specific binding is determined with 10"6 M of glucagon. Bound tracer and unbound tracer are then separated by vacuum filtration (Millipore vacuum manifold). The plates are washed with 2 x 100 μL buffer/ well. The plates are air dried for a couple of hours, whereupon the filters are separated from the plates using a Millipore Puncher. The filters are counted in a gamma counter.
Functional Assay (I) The functional assay was carried out in 96 well microtiter plates (tissue culture plates, Nunc). The resulting buffer concentrations in the assay are 50 mM tris/HCI, 1 mM EGTA, 1.5 mM MgSO4, 1.7 mM ATP, 20 μM GTP, 2 mM IBMX, 0.02% tween-20 and 0.1 % human serum albumin. pH was 7.4. Glucagon and proposed antagonist are added in aliquots of 35 μL diluted in 50 mM tris/HCI, 1 mM EGTA, 1.85 mM MgSO4, 0.0222% tween-20 and 0.111% human serum albumin, pH 7.4. 20 μL of 50 mM tris/HCI, 1 mM EGTA, 1.5 mM MgSO4, 11.8 mM ATP, 0.14 mM GTP, 14 mM IBMX and 0.1% human serum albumin, pH 7.4 was added. GTP was dissolved immediately before the assay.
50 μL containing 5 μg of plasma membrane protein was added in a tris/HCI, EGTA, MgSO4, human serum albumin buffer (the actual concentrations are dependent upon the concentration of protein in the stored plasma membranes).
The total assay volume is 140 μL. The plates are incubated for 2 hours at 37 °C with continuous shaking. Reaction is terminated by addition of 25 μL 0.5 N HCI. cAMP is measured by the use of a scintillation proximity kit (Amersham). Glucagon Binding Assay (II)
BHK (baby hamster kidney cell line) cells are transfected with the human glucagon receptor and a membrane preparation of the cells is prepared. Wheat Germ Agglutinin derivatized SPA beads containing a scintillant (WGA beads) (Amersham) bound the membranes. 125l-glucagon bound to human glucagon receptor in the membranes and excited the scintillant in the WGA beads to light emission. Glucagon or samples binding to the receptor competed with 125l-glucagon.
All steps in the membrane preparation are kept on ice or performed at 4 °C. BHK cells are harvested and centrifuged. The pellet is resuspended in homogenisation buffer (25 mM HEPES, pH = 7.4, 2.5 mM CaCI2, 1.0 mM MgCI2, 250 mg/L bacitracin, 0.1 mM Pefabloc), homogenised 2 x 10 sec using Polytron 10-35 homogenizer (Kinematica) and added the same amount of homogenisation buffer as used for resuspension. After centrifugation (15 min at 2000 x g) the supernatant is transferred to cold centrifuge tubes and centrifuged for 45 min at 40.000 x g. The pellet is resuspended in homogenisation buffer, homogenised 2 x 10 sec (Polytron) and additional homogenisation buffer is added. The suspension is centrifuged for 45 min at 40.000 x g and the pellet is resuspended in resuspension buffer (25 mM HEPES, pH = 7.4, 2.5 mM CaCI2, 1.0 mM MgCI2) and homogenised 2 x 10 sec. (Polytron). The protein concentration is normally around 1.75 mg/mL. Stabilisation buffer (25 mM HEPES, pH = 7.4, 2.5 mM CaCI2, 1.0 mM MgCI2, 1 % bovine serum albumin, 500 mg/L bacitracin, 2.5 M sucrose) is added and the membrane preparation is stored at -80 °C.
The glucagon binding assay is carried out in opti plates (Polystyrene Microplates, Packard). 50 μL assay buffer (25 mM HEPES, pH = 7.5, 2.5 mM CaCI2, 1.0 mM MgCI2, 0.003% Tween- 20, 0.005% bacitracin, 0.05% sodium azide) and 5 μL glucagon or test compound (in DMSO) are added to each well. 50 μL tracer (125l-porcine glucagon, 50.000 cpm) and 50 μL membranes (7.5 μg) containing the human glucagon receptor are then added to the wells. Finally 50 μL WGA beads containing 1 mg beads are transferred to the well. The opti plates are incubated for 4 hours on a shaker and then settled for 8-48 hours. The opti plates are counted in a Topcounter. Non-specific binding is determined with 500 nM of glucagon.
The compounds according to the examples showed IC50 values below 1500 nM and many of them below 250 nM when tested in the glucagon binding assay (II). GIP Binding Assay
BHK (baby hamster kidney cell line) cells are transfected with the human GIP receptor and a membrane preparation of the cells is prepared. Wheat Germ Agglutinin derivatized SPA beads containing a scintillant (WGA beads) (Amersham) bound the membranes. 125I-GIP bound to human GIP receptor in the membranes and excited the scintillant in the WGA beads to light emission. GIP or samples binding to the receptor competed with 125I-GIP.
All steps in the membrane preparation are kept on ice or performed at 4 °C. BHK cells are harvested and centrifuged. The pellet is resuspended in homogenisation buffer (25 mM HEPES, pH = 7.4, 2.5 mM CaCI2, 1.0 mM MgCI2, 250 mg/L bacitracin, 0.1 mM Pefabloc), homogenised 2 x 10 sec using Polytron 10-35 homogenizer (Kinematica) and added the same amount of homogenisation buffer as used for resuspension. After centrifugation (15 min at 2000 x g) the supernatant is transferred to cold centrifuge tubes and centrifuged for 45 min at 40.000 x g. The pellet is resuspended in homogenisation buffer, homogenised 2 x 10 sec (Polytron) and additional homogenisation buffer is added. The suspension is centrifuged for 45 min at 40.000 x g and the pellet is resuspended in resuspension buffer (25 mM HEPES, pH = 7.4, 2.5 mM CaCI2, 1.0 mM MgCI2) and homogenised 2 x 10 sec. (Polytron). The protein concentration is normally around 1.75 mg/mL. Stabilisation buffer (25 mM HEPES, pH = 7.4, 2.5 mM CaCI2, 1.0 mM MgCI2, 1% bovine serum albumin, 500 mg/L ba- citracin, 2.5 M sucrose) is added and the membrane preparation is stored at -80 °C.
The GIP binding assay is carried out in opti plates (Polystyrene Microplates, Packard). 50 μL assay buffer (25 mM HEPES, pH = 7.5, 2.5 mM CaCI2, 1.0 mM MgCI2, 0.003% Tween-20, 0.005% bacitracin, 0.05% sodium azide) and 5 μL GIP or test compound (in DMSO) are added to each well. 50 μL tracer (125l-porcine GIP, 50.000 cpm) and 50 μL membranes (20 μg) containing the human GIP receptor are then added to the wells. Finally 50 μL WGA beads containing 1 mg beads are transferred to the well. The opti plates are incubated for 3.5 hours on a shaker and then settled for 8-48 hours. The opti plates are counted in a Top- counter. Non-specific binding is determined with 500 nM of GIP.

Claims

1. A compound of the general formula (I):
Figure imgf000179_0001
wherein
R1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 independently are hydrogen or C1-6-alkyl,
A is -C(O)-, -CH(OR6)- or -CHF-,
wherein R6 is hydrogen or C1-6-aIkyl,
Z is arylene or a divalent radical derived from a 5 or 6 membered heteroaromatic ring containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur,
which may optionally be substituted with one or two groups R7 and R8 selected from halogen, -CN, -CF3, -OCF3, -NO2, -OR9, -NR9R10 and C1-6-alkyl,
wherein R9 and R10 independently are hydrogen or C1-6-alkyl,
X is
O
-(CH2)-(CR12R1V(CH2)- -(CR12R13)-(CH2)_
O O
■,12r-,13.
-(CH2)q-C=C-(CR "R (CH2)S- -(CH2 2)',q -(CR12R13)r-(CH2)-
11
O O O
-(CH2)— -(CR12R13)r-(CH2)s— O- -(CH ",2)q— N- -(CR12R13)r-(CH2)-
11
R 11
R
Figure imgf000180_0001
"(CH2)— (CR12R13)— 0-(CH2 2)>(s
Figure imgf000180_0002
wherein
r is 0 or 1 ,
q and s independently are 0, 1 , 2 or 3,
R11, Rη , Rιa and R14 independently are hydrogen, C^e-alkyl or C3-8-cycloalkyl,
D is
Figure imgf000181_0001
Figure imgf000181_0002
wherein
Rlb, R1B, R and Rιa independently are
• hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -CHF2, -CF3, -OCF3, -OCHF2, -OCH2CF3, -OCF2CHF2, -S(O)2CF3, -SCF3, -NO2, -OR21, -NR21R22, -SR21, -NR21S(O)2R22, -S(O)2NR21R22,
-S(O)NR21R22, -S(O)R2\ -S(O)2R21, -C(O)NR21R22, -OC(O)NR21R22, -NR21C(O)R22, -CH2C(O)NR21R22, -OCH2C(O)NR21R22, -OC(O)R21, -C(O)R21 or -C(O)OR21,
• C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl or C2-6-alkynyl,
which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, -CN, -CF3, -OCF3, -NO2, -OR21, -NR21R22 and C1-6-alkyl,
• C3-8-cycloalkyl, C4-8-cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl, C3.8-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-8-cyclo- alkyl-Cι-6-alkoxy, C3^-cycloalkyloxy, C3.8-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkylthio, C3.8-cycloalkylthio,
C3^-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C3^-cycloalkyl-C2.6-alkynyl, C4-8-cycloalkenyl-C1-6-alkyl, C4.8-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C4-8-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkynyl, heterocyclyl-C1-6-alkyl, heterocyclyl-C2-6-aIkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-6-alkynyl, aryl, aryloxy, aryloxycarbonyl, aroyl, aryl-C1-6-alkoxy, aryl-C^-alkyl, aryl-C2.6-alkenyl, aryl-C2-6-alkynyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl, heteroaryl-C2-6-alkenyl or heteroaryl-C2-6-alkynyl,
of which the cyclic moieties optionally may be substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, -C(O)OR21, -CN, -CF3, -OCF3, -NO2, -OR21, -NR21R22 and C1-6-alkyl,
wherein R21 and R22 independently are hydrogen, C^-alky!, aryl-Cι.6-alkyl or aryl,-
or R21 and R22 when attached to the same nitrogen atom together with the said nitrogen atom may form a 3 to 8 membered heterocyclic ring optionally containing one or two further heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and optionally containing one or two double bonds,
or two of the groups R15 to R18 when placed in adjacent positions together may form a bridge -(CR23R24)a-O-(CR25R26)c-O-,
wherein
a is 0, 1 or 2,
c is 1 or 2,
R23, R24, R25 and R26 independently are hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl or fluorine,
R19 and R20 independently are hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C3-8-cycloalkyl or C3-8-cyclo- alky!-C1-6-alkyl, E is
Figure imgf000183_0001
Figure imgf000183_0002
wherein
R and R independently are
hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -CF3, -OR32, -NR32R33, C1-6-alkyl, C3-8-cycloalkyl, C^s-cycloalkenyl or aryl,
wherein the aryl group optionally may be substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, -CN, -CF3, -NO2, -OR32, -NR32R33 and C1-6-alkyl,
wherein R32 and R33 independently are hydrogen or C1-6-alkyl, or
R32 and R33 when attached to the same nitrogen atom together with the said nitrogen atom may form a 3 to 8 membered heterocyclic ring optionally containing one or two further heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and optionally containing one or two double bonds, R29, R30 and R31 independently are
■ hydrogen, halogen, -CHF2, -CF3, -OCF3, -OCHF2, -OCH2CF3, -OCF2CHF2, -SCF3, -OR34, -NR34R35, -SR34, -S(O)R34, -S(O)2R34, -C(O)NR34R35, -OC(O)NR34R35, -NR34C(O)R35, -OCH2C(O)NR34R35, -C(O)R34 or -C(O)OR34,
■ C1-6-alkyl, C2.6-alkenyl or C2-6-alkynyl,
which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, -CN, -CF3, -OCF3, -NO2, -OR34, -NR3 R35 and C1-6-alkyl,
■ C3.8-cycloalkyl, C4-8-cycloalkenyl, heterocyclyl, C3-8-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-8-cyclo- alkyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C3-8-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl, C4.8-cycloalkenyl-C1.6-alkyl, C4-8-cyclo- alkenyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C4-8-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-aIkynyl, heterocyclyl-C1-6-alkyl, heterocy- clyl-C2-6-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-6-alkynyl, aryl, aryloxy, aroyl, aryl-C1-6-alkoxy, aryl- -
C1-6-alkyl, aryl-C2-6-alkenyl, aryl-C2-6-alkynyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl, hetero- aryl-C2-6-alkenyl or heteroaryl-C2.6-alkynyl,
of which the cyclic moieties optionally may be substituted with one or more sub- stituents selected from halogen, -CN, -CF3, -OCF3, -NO2, -OR34, -NR34R35 and
C1-6-alkyl,
wherein R34 and R35 independently are hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl or aryl,
or R34 and R35 when attached to the. same nitrogen atom together with the said nitrogen atom may form a 3 to 8 membered heterocyclic ring optionally containing one or two further heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and optionally containing one or two double bonds,
or two of the groups R29, R30 and R31 when attached to the same ring carbon atom or different ring carbon atoms together may form a radical -O-(CH2)t-CR36R37-(CH2)rO-, -(CH2)t-CR36R37-(CH2)ι- or -S-(CH2)t-CR36R37-(CH2)ι-S-, wherein
t and I independently are 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5,
R36 and R37 independently are hydrogen or d-e-alkyl,
as well as any optical or geometric isomer or tautomeric form thereof including mixtures of these or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
2. A compound according to claim 1 , wherein R1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 are hydrogen.
3. A compound according to claim 1 or 2, wherein A is -CHF-.
4. A compound according to claim 1 or 2, wherein A is -CH(OR6)-, wherein R6 is as defined in claim 1.
5. A compound according to claim 4, wherein A is -CH(OH)-.
6. A compound according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein Z is
Figure imgf000185_0001
wherein R7 and R8 are as defined in claim 1.
7. A compound according to claim 6, wherein Z is
Figure imgf000185_0002
8. A compound according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein X is
O O O
"(CH2 2)',s -c=c- (CH2)— N— (CH2)-
H H H
Figure imgf000186_0001
Figure imgf000186_0002
O O
,12,
-(CRwH)r O-(CH2)s— , "— O-(CH2 2)s or
O
-iLN-(CR12R13) - H r
wherein q is 0 or 1 , r is 0 or 1 , s is 0, 1 or 2, and R12 and R13 independently are hydrogen or d-e-alkyl.
9. A compound according to claim 8, wherein X is -C(O)NH-, -C(O)NHCH2-, -C(O)NHCH(CH3)-, -C(O)NHC(CH3)2-, -C(O)NHCH2CH2-, -C(O)CH2-, -C(O)CH2CH2-, -C(O)CH=CH-, -(CH2)S-, -C(O)-, -C(O)O- or -NHC(O)-, wherein s is 0 or 1.
10. A compound according to claim 9, wherein X is -C(O)NH-, -C(O)NHCH2-, -C(O)NHCH(CH3)-, -C(O)NHCH2CH2-, -C(O)CH2-, -C(O)CH=CH-, -(CH2)S-, -C(O)-, -C(O)O- or -NHC(O)-, wherein s is 0 or 1.
11. A compound according to claim 10, wherein X is -C(O)NH-, -C(O)NHCH2-, -C(O)NHCH(CH3)-, -C(O)NHCH2CH2-, -C(O)CH2-, -CH2-, -C(O)- or -NHC(O)-.
12. A compound according to claim 11 , wherein X is -C(O)NH-, -C(O)NHCH2-, -C(O)NHCH(CH3)-, -C(O)CH2- or -C(O)-.
13. A compound according to claim 12, wherein X is -C(O)NH-.
14. A compound according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein D is
Figure imgf000187_0001
wherein R15, R16, R17, R18, R19 and R20 are as defined in claim 1.
15. A compound according to claim 14, wherein D is
Figure imgf000187_0002
wherein R15, R16 and R17 are as defined in claim 1.
16. A compound according to claim 14 or 15, wherein R15, R16 and R17 independently are hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -NO2, -CF3, -OCF3, -SCF3, C1-6-alkyl, C1-6-alkoxy, -S-C1-6-alkyl, -C(O)OR21, -C(O)R21, -CH2OR21, -C(O)NR21R22, -S(O)R21, -S(O)2R21, -S(O)2CF3, -S(O)2NR21R22, C3-8-cycloalkyl, C3.8-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkoxy or C3-8-cycloalkyl-C1-6-thioalkyl, or
aryl, heteroaryl or aryloxy, which may optionally be substituted with -CF3, -OCF3, C1-6-alkyl, halogen or -C(O)OR21, or
two of the groups R15, R16 and R17 when placed in adjacent positions together form a bridge -(CR23R24)a-O-(CR25R26)c-O-, wherein R21 and R22 independently are hydrogen or C1-6-alkyl, and a, c, R23, R24, R25 and R 26 are as defined in claim 1.
17. A compound according to claim 16, wherein R15, R16 and R17 independently are hydro- gen, halogen, -CN, -CF3, -OCF3 or C1-β-alkoxy or wherein R15 and R16 together form a bridge -CF2-O-CF2-O- and R17 is hydrogen.
18. A compound according to claim 17, wherein R15, R16 and R17 independently are hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -CF3, -OCF3 or C^-alkoxy.
19. A compound according to claim 14, wherein D is
Figure imgf000188_0001
wherein R15, R16, R19 and R20 are as defined in claim 1.
20. A compound according to claim 19, wherein D is
Figure imgf000188_0002
wherein R15 and R16 are both hydrogen and R19 is C1-6-alkyl, C3-8-cycloalkyl or C3-8-cycloalkyl- C1-6-alkyl.
21. A compound according to claim 19, wherein D is
Figure imgf000188_0003
wherein R1ϋ and R16 are both hydrogen and R19 and R20 are both C1-6-alkyl.
22. A compound according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein E is
Figure imgf000189_0001
wherein R /, Rza, R a, RdU and R31 are as defined in claim 1.
23. A compound according to claim 22, wherein E is
Figure imgf000189_0002
wherein Rz' and R B are as defined in claim 1.
24. A compound according to claim 23, wherein E is
Figure imgf000189_0003
wherein Rz and Rza are as defined in claim 1.
25. A compound according to claim 23 or 24, wherein R27 and R28 independently are hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C3-8-cycloalkyl, C4-8-cycloalkenyl or phenyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted as defined in claim 1.
26. A compound according to claim 25, wherein R27 and R28 independently are hydrogen, C1-6-alky), C3-8-cycloalkyl or C4-8-cycloalkenyl.
27. A compound according to claim 26, wherein R27 is hydrogen and R28 is d-e-alkyl, C3.8-cycloalkyl or C4-8-cycloalkenyl.
28. A compound according to claim 27, wherein R27 is hydrogen and R28 is C1-6-alkyl or C3-8-cycloalkyl.
29. A compound according to claim 22, wherein E is
Figure imgf000190_0001
wherein R29, R30 and R31 are as defined in claim 1.
30. A compound according to claim 29, wherein E is
Figure imgf000190_0002
wherein R29, R30 and R31 are as defined in claim 1.
31. A compound according to claim 29 or 30, wherein R29, R30 and R31 independently are
■ hydrogen, -CHF2, -CF3, -OCF3, -OCHF2, -OCH2CF3, -OCF2CHF2, -SCF3, -OR34,
-NR34R35, -SR34, -S(O)R34, -S(O)2R34, -C(O)NR34R35, -OC(O)NR34R35, -NR34C(O)R35, -OCH2C(O)NR34R35, -C(O)R34 or -C(O)OR34, Cι_3-alkyl, C2.6-alkenyl or C2-6-alkynyl,
which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, -CN, -CF3, -OCF3, -NO2, -OR34, -NR34R35 and C1-6-alkyl,
C3-8-cycloalkyl or C4-8-cycloalkenyl,
which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, -CN, -CF3, -OCF3, -NO2, -OR34, -NR34R35 and C1-6-alkyl,
wherein R34 and R35 independently are hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl or aryl,
or R34 and R35 when attached to the same nitrogen atom together with the said nitrogen atom may form a 3 to 8 membered heterocyclic ring optionally containing one or two further heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and optionally containing one or two double bonds.
32. A compound according to claim 31 , wherein R , R and R independently are
hydrogen, Cι.6-alkoxy, halogen, -CF3, -OCF3 or -NR34R35, wherein R34 and R35 are as defined in claim 1 , or
C1-6-alkyl, C3-8-cycl oalkyl or C4-8-cycloalkenyl, which are optionally substituted as defined in claim 1.
33. A compound according to claim 32, wherein R29, R30 and R31 independently are
hydrogen or
C1-6-alkyl, C3-a-cycloalkyl or C4-8-cycloalkenyl, which are optionally substituted as defined in claim 1.
34. A compound according to claim 32, wherein R29, R30 and R31 independently are
hydrogen or d-5-alkyl, C3-8-cycloalkyl or C4-8-cycloalkenyl,
■ which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, -CN, -CF3, -OCF3, -NO2, -OR34, -NR34R35 and C1-6-alkyl,
wherein R and R independently are hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl or aryl,
■ or R34 and R35 when attached to the same nitrogen atom together with the said nitrogen atom may form a 3 to 8 membered heterocyclic ring optionally containing one ox two further heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and optionally containing one or two double bonds.
35. A compound according to claim 34, wherein R29 and R31 are both hydrogen, and R30 is different from hydrogen.
36. A compound according to claim 34, wherein R29 and R31 are both hydrogen, and R30 is C3-8-cycloalkyl or C4-8-cycloalkenyl,
■ which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, -CN, -CF3, -OCF3, -NO2, -OR34, -NR34R35 and C1-6-alkyl,
wherein R 334 and D R35 independently are hydrogen, C e-alkyl or aryl,
■ or R34 and R35 when attached to the same nitrogen atom together with the said nitrogen atom may form a 3 to 8 membered heterocyclic ring optionally containing one or two further heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and optionally containing one or two double bonds.
37. A compound according to claim 36, wherein R29 and R31 are both hydrogen, and R30 is C4-8-cycloalkenyl, ■ which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, -CN, -CF3, -OCF3, -NO2, -OR34, -NR34R35 and C1-6-alkyl,
■ wherein R34 and R35 independently are hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl or aryl, ■ or R34 and R35 when attached to the same nitrogen atom together with the said nitrogen atom may form a 3 to 8 membered heterocyclic ring optionally containing one or two further heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and optionally containing one or two double bonds.
38. A compound according to claim 37, wherein R29 and R31 are both hydrogen, and R30 is cyclohexenyl,
■ which may optionally be substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, -CN, -CF3, -OCF3, -NO2, -OR34, -NR34R35 and d.6-alkyl,
■ wherein R34 and R35 independently are hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl or aryl,
■ or R34 and R35 when attached to the same nitrogen atom together with the said nitrogen atom may form a 3 to 8 membered heterocyclic ring optionally containing one or two further heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and optionally - containing one or two double bonds.
39. A compound according to claim 37 or 38, wherein R30 is substituted with one C1-6-alkyl substituent.
40. A compound according to claim 33, wherein R29, R30 and R31 independently are hydrogen, d-6-alkyl, C3-8-cycloalkyl or C4.8-cycloalkenyl.
41. A compound according to claim 40, wherein R29 and R31 are both hydrogen and R30 is C1-6-alkyl, C3-8-cycloaIkyl or C4-8-cycloalkenyl. •
42. A compound according to claim 1 of the general formula ( ):
Figure imgf000193_0001
wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, X, D and E are as defined in claim 1 or in any one of the preceding claims.
43. A compound according to claim 1 of the general formula (I2):
Figure imgf000194_0001
wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, D and E are as defined in claim 1 or in any one of the preceding claims.
44. A compound according to claim 1 of the general formula (I3):
Figure imgf000194_0002
wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R15, R16, R17, R29, R30, and R31 are as defined in claim 1 or in any one of the preceding claims.
45. A compound according to claim 42, 43 or 44, wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7 and R8 are hydrogen.
46. A compound according to claim 1 of the general formula (l4):
Figure imgf000194_0003
wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R7, R8, X, D and E are as defined in claim 1 or in any one of the preceding claims.
47. A compound according to claim 1 of the general formula (l5):
Figure imgf000195_0001
wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R7, R8, D and E are as defined in claim 1 or in any one of the preceding claims.
48. A compound according to claim 46 or 47, wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R7 and R8 are hydrogen.
49. A compound according to any one of the preceding claims, which has an IC50 value of no greater than 5 μM as determined by the Glucagon Binding Assay (I) or Glucagon Binding
Assay (II) disclosed herein.
50. A compound according to claim 49, which has an IC50 value of less than 1 μM, preferably of less than 500 nM and even more preferred of less than 100 nM as determined by the Glu- cagon Binding Assay (I) or Glucagon Binding Assay (II) disclosed herein.
51. A compound according to any one of the preceding claims, which is an agent useful for the treatment and/or prevention of an indication selected from the group consisting of hyperglycemia, IGT, Type 2 diabetes, Type 1 diabetes, dyslipidemia and obesity.
52. A compound according to any one of the claims 1 to 51 for use as a medicament.
53. A pharmaceutical composition comprising, as an active ingredient, at least one compound according to any one of the claims 1 to 51 together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients.
54. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 53 in unit dosage form, comprising from about 0.05 mg to about 1000 mg, preferably from about 0.1 mg to about 500 mg and especially preferred from about 0.5 mg to about 200 mg of the compound according to any one of the claims 1 to 51.
55. Use of a compound according to any one of the claims 1 to 51 for the preparation of a medicament for the treatment and/or prevention of disorders or diseases, wherein a glucagon antagonistic action is beneficial.
56. Use of a compound according to any one of the claims 1 to 51 for the preparation of a medicament for the treatment and/or prevention of glucagon-mediated disorders and diseases.
57. Use of a compound according to any one of the claims 1 to 51 for the preparation of a medicament for the treatment and/or prevention of hyperglycemia.
58. Use of a compound according to any one of the claims 1 to 51 for the preparation of a medicament for lowering blood glucose in a mammal.
59. Use of a compound according to any one of the claims 1 to 51 for the preparation of a medicament for the treatment and/or prevention of IGT.
60. Use of a compound according to any one of the claims 1 to 51 for the preparation of a medicament for the treatment and/or prevention of Type 2 diabetes.
61. Use according to claim 60 for the preparation of a medicament for the delaying or prevention of the progression from IGT to Type 2 diabetes.
62. Use according to claim 60 for the preparation of a medicament for the delaying or pre- vention of the progression from non-insulin requiring Type 2 diabetes to insulin requiring
Type 2 diabetes.
63. Use of a compound according to any one of the claims 1 to 51 for the preparation of a medicament for the treatment and/or prevention of Type 1 diabetes.
64. Use of a compound according to any one of the claims 1 to 51 for the preparation of a medicament for the treatment and/or prevention of obesity.
65. Use of a compound according to any one of the claims 1 to 51 for the preparation of a medicament for the treatment and/or prevention of dyslipidemia.
66. Use according to any one of the claims 55 to 65 in a regimen which comprises treatment with a further antidiabetic agent.
67. Use according to any one of the claims 55 to 66 in a regimen which comprises treatment with a further antiobesity agent.
68. Use according to any one of the claims 55 to 67 in a regimen which additionally comprises treatment with a further antihyperlipidemic agent.
69. Use according to any one of the claims 55 to 68 in a regimen which additionally comprises treatment with an antihypertensive agent.
70. A method for the treatment and/or prevention of disorders or diseases, wherein a gluca- gon antagonistic action is beneficial, the method comprising administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of a compound according to any one of the claims 1 to 51 or a pharmaceutical composition according to claim 53 or 54.
71. The method according to claim 70, wherein the effective amount of the compound is in the range of from about 0.05 mg to about 2000 ■mg, preferably from about 0.1 mg to about
1000 mg and especially preferred from about 0.5 mg to about 500 mg per day.
PCT/DK2001/000435 2000-06-23 2001-06-21 Glucagon antagonists/inverse agonists WO2002000612A1 (en)

Priority Applications (10)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
BR0111908-7A BR0111908A (en) 2000-06-23 2001-06-21 Compound, pharmaceutical composition, use of the compound, and method for treating and / or preventing disorders or diseases
PL01359619A PL359619A1 (en) 2000-06-23 2001-06-21 Glucagon antagonists/inverse agonists
AU2001265834A AU2001265834A1 (en) 2000-06-23 2001-06-21 Glucagon antagonists/inverse agonists
EP01943189A EP1296942A1 (en) 2000-06-23 2001-06-21 Glucagon antagonists/inverse agonists
HU0301501A HUP0301501A2 (en) 2000-06-23 2001-06-21 Glucagon antagonists/inverse agonists, pharmaceutical compositions containing them and their use for preparation of pharmaceutical compositions
CA002411552A CA2411552A1 (en) 2000-06-23 2001-06-21 Glucagon antagonists/inverse agonists
MXPA02012273A MXPA02012273A (en) 2000-06-23 2001-06-21 Glucagon antagonists/inverse agonists.
JP2002505360A JP2004501897A (en) 2000-06-23 2001-06-21 Glucagon antagonist / adverse drug
IL15318101A IL153181A0 (en) 2000-06-23 2001-06-21 Glucagon antagonists/inverse agonists
NO20026149A NO20026149L (en) 2000-06-23 2002-12-20 Glukagonantagonister / inversagonister

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
DKPA200000984 2000-06-23
DKPA200000984 2000-06-23
DKPA200001734 2000-11-17
DKPA200001734 2000-11-17

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2002000612A1 true WO2002000612A1 (en) 2002-01-03

Family

ID=26068842

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/DK2001/000435 WO2002000612A1 (en) 2000-06-23 2001-06-21 Glucagon antagonists/inverse agonists

Country Status (14)

Country Link
EP (1) EP1296942A1 (en)
JP (1) JP2004501897A (en)
KR (1) KR20030029061A (en)
CN (1) CN1437581A (en)
AU (1) AU2001265834A1 (en)
BR (1) BR0111908A (en)
CA (1) CA2411552A1 (en)
CZ (1) CZ20024105A3 (en)
HU (1) HUP0301501A2 (en)
IL (1) IL153181A0 (en)
MX (1) MXPA02012273A (en)
NO (1) NO20026149L (en)
PL (1) PL359619A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2002000612A1 (en)

Cited By (28)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2003048109A1 (en) * 2001-12-03 2003-06-12 Novo Nordisk A/S Novel glucagon antagonists
WO2003097031A1 (en) * 2002-05-22 2003-11-27 Sanwa Kagaku Kenkyusho Co., Ltd. Obesity preventive or ameliorator containing methylidene hydrazide compound as active ingredient
WO2003097619A1 (en) * 2002-05-17 2003-11-27 Novo Nordisk A/S Glucagon antagonists/inverse agonists
WO2004002480A1 (en) * 2002-06-27 2004-01-08 Novo Nordisk A/S Novel glucagon antagonists/inverse agonists
WO2004056763A2 (en) * 2002-12-20 2004-07-08 Novo Nordisk A/S Novel glucagon antagonists
US6762318B2 (en) 2001-12-03 2004-07-13 Novo Nordisk A/S Glucagon antagonists
WO2004063147A1 (en) * 2003-01-10 2004-07-29 Novo Nordisk A/S Salts and solvates of glucagon antagonists
US6881746B2 (en) 2001-12-03 2005-04-19 Novo Nordick A/S Glucagon antagonists/inverse agonists
WO2005058845A2 (en) * 2003-12-19 2005-06-30 Novo Nordisk A/S Novel glucagon antagonists/inverse agonists
JP2006528157A (en) * 2003-07-21 2006-12-14 アプライド リサーチ システムズ エーアールエス ホールディング ナームロゼ フェンノートシャップ Aryl dicarboxamide
US7572922B2 (en) 2003-01-27 2009-08-11 Merck & Co., Inc. Substituted pyrazoles, compositions containing such compounds and methods of use
US7598398B2 (en) 2005-10-13 2009-10-06 Merck & Co., Inc. Acyl indoles, compositions containing such compounds and methods of use
WO2009140342A1 (en) * 2008-05-16 2009-11-19 Schering Corporation Glucagon receptor antagonists, compositions, and methods for their use
US7687534B2 (en) 2006-10-03 2010-03-30 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Glucagon receptor antagonist compounds, compositions containing such compounds and methods of use
US7709658B2 (en) 2005-07-26 2010-05-04 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Process for synthesizing a substituted pyrazole
US7803951B2 (en) 2005-03-30 2010-09-28 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Glucagon receptor antagonist compounds, compositions containing such compounds and methods of use
US7935713B2 (en) 2006-05-16 2011-05-03 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Glucagon receptor antagonist compounds, compositions containing such compounds and methods of use
US7989472B2 (en) 2006-03-23 2011-08-02 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Glucagon receptor antagonist compounds, compositions containing such compounds and methods of use
US8318760B2 (en) 2005-03-21 2012-11-27 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Substituted aryl and heteroaryl derivatives, compositions containing such compounds and methods of use
US8507533B2 (en) 2011-02-08 2013-08-13 Pfizer Inc. Glucagon receptor modulators
US8809342B2 (en) 2010-12-23 2014-08-19 Pfizer Inc. Glucagon receptor modulators
US8907103B2 (en) 2008-08-13 2014-12-09 Metabasis Therapeutics, Inc. Glucagon antagonists
US8927577B2 (en) 2011-07-22 2015-01-06 Pfizer Inc. Quinolinyl glucagon receptor modulators
US9169201B2 (en) 2007-02-09 2015-10-27 Metabasis Therapeutics, Inc. Antagonists of the glucagon receptor
US9649294B2 (en) 2013-11-04 2017-05-16 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Glucagon receptor antagonist compounds, compositions containing such compounds and methods of use
US9725427B2 (en) 2012-03-16 2017-08-08 Biohaven Pharmaceutical Holding Company Limited Prodrugs of riluzole and their method of use
US10076504B2 (en) 2014-06-12 2018-09-18 Ligand Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Glucagon antagonists
US11878968B2 (en) 2021-07-09 2024-01-23 Plexium, Inc. Aryl compounds and pharmaceutical compositions that modulate IKZF2

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1625112B1 (en) * 2003-05-14 2009-07-22 High Point Pharmaceuticals, LLC Novel compounds for treatment of obesity
EP1689707A1 (en) * 2003-11-25 2006-08-16 Novo Nordisk A/S Novel compounds for the treatment of obesity
RS51202B (en) * 2004-06-14 2010-12-31 Eli Lilly And Company Glucagon receptor antagonists, preparation and therapeutic uses
PT1957484E (en) * 2005-11-23 2010-03-29 Lilly Co Eli Glucagon receptor antagonists, preparation and therapeutic uses

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0847992A1 (en) * 1996-09-30 1998-06-17 Mitsui Chemicals, Inc. Benzamide derivatives, useful as cell differentiation inducers
WO1999001423A1 (en) * 1997-07-01 1999-01-14 Novo Nordisk A/S Glucagon antagonists/inverse agonists
WO2000039088A1 (en) * 1998-12-23 2000-07-06 Novo Nordisk A/S Glucagon antagonists/inverse agonists
WO2000069810A1 (en) * 1999-05-17 2000-11-23 Novo Nordisk A/S Glucagon antagonists/inverse agonists

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0847992A1 (en) * 1996-09-30 1998-06-17 Mitsui Chemicals, Inc. Benzamide derivatives, useful as cell differentiation inducers
WO1999001423A1 (en) * 1997-07-01 1999-01-14 Novo Nordisk A/S Glucagon antagonists/inverse agonists
WO2000039088A1 (en) * 1998-12-23 2000-07-06 Novo Nordisk A/S Glucagon antagonists/inverse agonists
WO2000069810A1 (en) * 1999-05-17 2000-11-23 Novo Nordisk A/S Glucagon antagonists/inverse agonists

Cited By (49)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6881746B2 (en) 2001-12-03 2005-04-19 Novo Nordick A/S Glucagon antagonists/inverse agonists
WO2003048109A1 (en) * 2001-12-03 2003-06-12 Novo Nordisk A/S Novel glucagon antagonists
US6762318B2 (en) 2001-12-03 2004-07-13 Novo Nordisk A/S Glucagon antagonists
WO2003097619A1 (en) * 2002-05-17 2003-11-27 Novo Nordisk A/S Glucagon antagonists/inverse agonists
WO2003097031A1 (en) * 2002-05-22 2003-11-27 Sanwa Kagaku Kenkyusho Co., Ltd. Obesity preventive or ameliorator containing methylidene hydrazide compound as active ingredient
US7081473B2 (en) 2002-05-22 2006-07-25 Sanwa Kagaku Kenkyusho Co., Ltd. Agent for preventing/ameliorating obesity comprising methylidene hydrizide compound as active ingredient
WO2004002480A1 (en) * 2002-06-27 2004-01-08 Novo Nordisk A/S Novel glucagon antagonists/inverse agonists
WO2004056763A2 (en) * 2002-12-20 2004-07-08 Novo Nordisk A/S Novel glucagon antagonists
WO2004056763A3 (en) * 2002-12-20 2004-08-19 Novo Nordisk As Novel glucagon antagonists
WO2004063147A1 (en) * 2003-01-10 2004-07-29 Novo Nordisk A/S Salts and solvates of glucagon antagonists
US7572922B2 (en) 2003-01-27 2009-08-11 Merck & Co., Inc. Substituted pyrazoles, compositions containing such compounds and methods of use
US7989475B2 (en) 2003-01-27 2011-08-02 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Substituted pyrazoles, compositions containing such compounds and methods of use
JP2006528157A (en) * 2003-07-21 2006-12-14 アプライド リサーチ システムズ エーアールエス ホールディング ナームロゼ フェンノートシャップ Aryl dicarboxamide
WO2005058845A2 (en) * 2003-12-19 2005-06-30 Novo Nordisk A/S Novel glucagon antagonists/inverse agonists
WO2005058845A3 (en) * 2003-12-19 2005-10-20 Novo Nordisk As Novel glucagon antagonists/inverse agonists
US8318760B2 (en) 2005-03-21 2012-11-27 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Substituted aryl and heteroaryl derivatives, compositions containing such compounds and methods of use
US7803951B2 (en) 2005-03-30 2010-09-28 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Glucagon receptor antagonist compounds, compositions containing such compounds and methods of use
US7709658B2 (en) 2005-07-26 2010-05-04 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Process for synthesizing a substituted pyrazole
US7598398B2 (en) 2005-10-13 2009-10-06 Merck & Co., Inc. Acyl indoles, compositions containing such compounds and methods of use
US7989472B2 (en) 2006-03-23 2011-08-02 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Glucagon receptor antagonist compounds, compositions containing such compounds and methods of use
US7935713B2 (en) 2006-05-16 2011-05-03 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Glucagon receptor antagonist compounds, compositions containing such compounds and methods of use
US7968589B2 (en) 2006-10-03 2011-06-28 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Glucagon receptor antagonist compounds, compositions containing such compounds and methods of use
US7687534B2 (en) 2006-10-03 2010-03-30 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Glucagon receptor antagonist compounds, compositions containing such compounds and methods of use
US10807946B2 (en) 2007-02-09 2020-10-20 Metabasis Therapeutics, Inc. Antagonists of the glucagon receptor
US9701626B2 (en) 2007-02-09 2017-07-11 Metabasis Therapeutics, Inc. Antagonists of the glucagon receptor
US10239829B2 (en) 2007-02-09 2019-03-26 Metabasis Therapeutics, Inc. Antagonists of the glucagon receptor
US9169201B2 (en) 2007-02-09 2015-10-27 Metabasis Therapeutics, Inc. Antagonists of the glucagon receptor
WO2009140342A1 (en) * 2008-05-16 2009-11-19 Schering Corporation Glucagon receptor antagonists, compositions, and methods for their use
US8623818B2 (en) 2008-05-16 2014-01-07 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Glucagon receptor antagonists, compositions, and methods for their use
US11352321B2 (en) 2008-08-13 2022-06-07 Metabasis Therapeutics, Inc. Glucagon antagonists
US8907103B2 (en) 2008-08-13 2014-12-09 Metabasis Therapeutics, Inc. Glucagon antagonists
US10221130B2 (en) 2008-08-13 2019-03-05 Metabasis Therapeutics, Inc. Glucagon antagonists
US9783494B2 (en) 2008-08-13 2017-10-10 Metabasis Therapeutics, Inc. Glucagon antagonists
US8809342B2 (en) 2010-12-23 2014-08-19 Pfizer Inc. Glucagon receptor modulators
US8933104B2 (en) 2010-12-23 2015-01-13 Pfizer Inc. Glucagon receptor modulators
US9056834B2 (en) 2010-12-23 2015-06-16 Pfizer Inc. Glucagon receptor modulators
US8507533B2 (en) 2011-02-08 2013-08-13 Pfizer Inc. Glucagon receptor modulators
US9452999B2 (en) 2011-02-08 2016-09-27 Pfizer Inc. Glucagon receptor modulators
US9073871B2 (en) 2011-02-08 2015-07-07 Pfizer Inc. Glucagon receptor modulators
US8859591B2 (en) 2011-02-08 2014-10-14 Pfizer Inc. Glucagon receptor modulators
US9139538B2 (en) 2011-07-22 2015-09-22 Pfizer Inc. Quinolinyl glucagon receptor modulators
US8927577B2 (en) 2011-07-22 2015-01-06 Pfizer Inc. Quinolinyl glucagon receptor modulators
US9725427B2 (en) 2012-03-16 2017-08-08 Biohaven Pharmaceutical Holding Company Limited Prodrugs of riluzole and their method of use
US10562870B2 (en) 2012-03-16 2020-02-18 Biohaven Pharmaceutical Holding Company Ltd. Prodrugs of riluzole and their method of use
US10844026B2 (en) 2012-03-16 2020-11-24 Biohaven Pharmaceutical Holding Company Ltd. Prodrugs of riluzole and their method of use
US11440893B2 (en) 2012-03-16 2022-09-13 Biohaven Pharmaceutical Holding Company Ltd. Prodrugs of riluzole and their method of use
US9649294B2 (en) 2013-11-04 2017-05-16 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Glucagon receptor antagonist compounds, compositions containing such compounds and methods of use
US10076504B2 (en) 2014-06-12 2018-09-18 Ligand Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Glucagon antagonists
US11878968B2 (en) 2021-07-09 2024-01-23 Plexium, Inc. Aryl compounds and pharmaceutical compositions that modulate IKZF2

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
NO20026149L (en) 2003-02-21
KR20030029061A (en) 2003-04-11
EP1296942A1 (en) 2003-04-02
IL153181A0 (en) 2003-06-24
MXPA02012273A (en) 2003-04-25
JP2004501897A (en) 2004-01-22
BR0111908A (en) 2003-04-01
CA2411552A1 (en) 2002-01-03
CZ20024105A3 (en) 2003-05-14
HUP0301501A2 (en) 2003-08-28
NO20026149D0 (en) 2002-12-20
PL359619A1 (en) 2004-08-23
CN1437581A (en) 2003-08-20
AU2001265834A1 (en) 2002-01-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US6562807B2 (en) Glucagon antagonists/inverse agonists
WO2002000612A1 (en) Glucagon antagonists/inverse agonists
EP1509509A1 (en) Glucagon antagonists/inverse agonists
EP1183229B1 (en) Glucagon antagonists/inverse agonists
US6875760B2 (en) Glucagon antagonists/inverse agonists
US6649641B2 (en) Glucagon antagonists/inverse agonists
JP5140599B2 (en) Glucagon receptor antagonists and their preparation and therapeutic use
EP1463715A1 (en) Novel glucagon antagonists
WO2004002480A1 (en) Novel glucagon antagonists/inverse agonists
US20040014789A1 (en) Novel glucagon antagonists/inverse agonists
WO2002040444A1 (en) Glucagon antagonists/inverse agonists
US6762318B2 (en) Glucagon antagonists
WO2004056763A2 (en) Novel glucagon antagonists
EP1345891A1 (en) Glucagon antagonist/inverse agonist
US20040152750A1 (en) Novel glucagon antagonists
US6706744B2 (en) Glucagon antagonists/inverse agonists
US6821960B2 (en) Glucagon antagonists/inverse agonists

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY BZ CA CH CN CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NO NZ PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK SL TJ TM TR TT TZ UA UG UZ VN YU ZA ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW MZ SD SL SZ TZ UG ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2001943189

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 153181

Country of ref document: IL

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2002/09713

Country of ref document: ZA

Ref document number: 200209713

Country of ref document: ZA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2411552

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: PA/a/2002/012273

Country of ref document: MX

Ref document number: 2001265834

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: PV2002-4105

Country of ref document: CZ

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1020027017276

Country of ref document: KR

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: IN/PCT/2002/2119/CHE

Country of ref document: IN

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 018115918

Country of ref document: CN

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2002 505360

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2003101914

Country of ref document: RU

Kind code of ref document: A

Ref country code: RU

Ref document number: RU A

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2001943189

Country of ref document: EP

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 1020027017276

Country of ref document: KR

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: 8642

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: PV2002-4105

Country of ref document: CZ

WWW Wipo information: withdrawn in national office

Ref document number: 2001943189

Country of ref document: EP